Home

ZyXEL P-2602 User's Manual

1. 120111001 IP Static Route set 11 Name Str 120111002 IP Static Route set 11 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 120111003 IP Static Route set 11 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120111004 IP Static Route set 11 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120111005 IP Static Route set 11 Gateway 30 0 20 0 120111006 IP Static Route set 11 Metric 0 120111007 IP Static Route set 11 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 12 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120 001 IP Static Route set 12 Name Str 120 002 IP Static Route set 12 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 120 003 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120112004 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120112005 IP Static Route set 12 Gateway 3050 0 120112006 IP Static Route set 12 Metric 0 120112007 IP Static Route set 12 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 13 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120 001 IP Static Route set 13 Name Str 120 002 IP Static Route set 13 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 120 003 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120 004 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120113005 IP Static Route set 13 Gateway 020 020 120113006 IP
2. 400000312 RIP Direction lt 0 None 9 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 400000322 RIP Version lt O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M 40000033 Nailed up Connection 0 No 0 1 Yes gt Table 177 Menu 12 Menu 12 1 1 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120101001 IP Static Route set L Name Str 120101002 IP Static Route set L Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20101003 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20101004 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120101005 IP Static Route set L Gateway 0 0 0 0 120101006 IP Static Route set L Metric 0 20101007 IP Static Route set L Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 2 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 20102001 IP Static Route set 2 Name 120102002 IP Static Route set 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20102003 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120102004 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120102005 IP Static Route set 2 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120102006 IP Static Route set 2 Metric 0 120102007 IP Static Route set 2 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 3 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 20103001 IP Static Route set 3 Name lt Str gt 120103002 IP Static Route set 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt g 20103003 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP
3. Table 174 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup FI EN PVA INPUT 10000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000001 System Name lt Str gt Your Device 10000002 Location lt Str gt 10000003 Contact Person s Name lt Str gt 10000004 Route IP lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zm 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 175 Menu 3 Menu 3 1 General Ethernet Setup FIN E PVA INPUT 30100001 Input Protocol filters Set 1 2 30100002 Input Protocol filters Set 2 256 30100003 Input Protocol filters Set 3 256 30100004 Input Protocol filters Set 4 256 30100005 Input device filters Set 1 256 30100006 Input device filters Set 2 256 30100007 Input device filters Set 3 256 30100008 Input device filters Set 4 256 30100009 Output protocol filters set 1 256 30100010 Output protocol filters Set 2 256 30100011 Output protocol filters Set 3 256 30100012 Output protocol filters Set 4 256 30100013 Output device filters Set 1 256 398 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 3 30100014 Output device filters Set 2 256 30100015 Output device filters Set 3 256 30100016 Output device filters Set 4 256 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP E
4. DENMARK sales zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 07 2860 Soeborg Denmark support zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8411 www zyxel fi ZyXEL Communications Oy FINLAND a Malminkaari 10 sales zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8448 00700 Helsinki Finland info zyxel fr 33 4 72 52 97 97 www zyxel fr ZyXEL France 1 rue des Vergers FRANCE 33 4 72 52 19 20 Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France support zyxel de 49 2405 6909 0 www zyxel de ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH GERMANY Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 sales zyxel de 49 2405 6909 99 Wuerselen Germany support zyxel hu 36 1 3361649 www zyxel hu ZyXEL Hungary HUNGARY 48 Zoldlomb Str info zyxel hu 36 1 3259100 H 1025 Budapest Hungary http zyxel kz support 7 3272 590 698 www zyxel kz ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk ave Office 414 KAZAKHSTAN sales zyxel kz 7 3272 590 689 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan support zyxel com 1 800 255 4101 www us zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Inc 1 714 632 0882 1130 N Miller St NORTH AMERICA Anaheim sales zyxel com 1 714 632 0858 ftp us zyxel com T is Customer Support P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide METHOD LOCATION SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE REGULAR MAIL support zyxel no 47 22 80 61 80 www zyxel no ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 NORWAY sales zyxel no 47 22 80 61 81 0667 Oslo Nor
5. 355 Example TWO PS ui van cad ai gba ciu per pi i eda m pL pa dedi iig 356 Sample Four SAI ENE coda kei a cai o Ce EP eR Ra bre A Eu ad euius 357 Exil EUM UDI S m 358 Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks meeee nenea 359 Appendix E Wireless LANS sss esd ccc cn Dn it a N va 361 Wireless LAN Topologies 361 Ad hoc Wireless LAN COFTUIESUDEL ca cn oa a ot darn ap ta 361 itcm TT 361 co m n a 362 Enn ccce oai eol cu iu e eo 0 ica e a e ali 363 jr 44 pz 363 Fragmentation TESS js 364 NT ee Ue 0 rm 365 IEEE 902 1 T 366 20 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide SIBI C PP 366 Types of RADIUS MGRSBUO n ia ceace ca ient td RR Ct ER Ee Ea E ku EL aia ERR EA 366 Types OF AUMMS COMIN cis ec aaa T 367 EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 nenea nenea 367 BAP LS Iransport Layer OOcHEIDE uua eco paie Dica a crin oaia air 368 EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service ceea ceea cae ea a 368 PEAP Priotecied 2 ei c 368 Bund aa A 6 aa d iz Ea i ua 368 Dynamic WEP Kay EXCHBOS n ani iii aa ded pede od dd de ida 368 Si I T EEEIEE A N AEE E E E EE A T I tarot 369 User AUTRGIMIBALION M 369 Enen p O nonai atitea 80 tt Ba a tit 369 Security P
6. TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 11 Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 166 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION hr mm ss hostname Src srcIP srcPort dst lt dstIP dstPort gt msg lt msg gt note lt note gt numbers gt cat lt category gt devID lt mac address last three lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as the system name if you haven t configured one when the router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devID is the last three characters of the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs Table 167 SIP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP Registration Success by SIP SIP Phone Number The listed SIP account was successfully registered with a SIP register server SIP Registration Fail by SIP SIP Phone Number An attempt to register the list
7. 273 Table 109 Remote Management SNMP nn nn caen dati da d 274 Table 110 Remote Management DNS iuucsesumsieebriskvbvvepevb eie da ip i da e a 275 Table 111 Remote Management ICMP seca aaa ea a aaa e a ut tata a rski aeniea 276 Table 712 CORBOUOGO UPAP saca boa oi epa a o ala oda dun tuo cd ate 279 Table 113 System General SED 4c iat ne ca i ca tex TEN REIN MI 290 Table 114 System DRE S BENE sa sasea rame sa ae LEX DO ROLE Ho FL x HELF LOSS 0 291 iE AREA Jhon re 296 Table 116 Eb di a R M 297 Tabla 117 SMIF Enof Mosag auiccdiausdxeassdycxedespthm as tad e ata as 299 Table 119 Filename COM UE E NU T 302 Table 179 Firmware Upgrade p 303 Table 120 Restore Configurati ri seco rtis nk otra a e ai d LR ba it 305 Table 121 General Commands for GUl based FTP Clients mmm eee naneaae 309 Table 122 General Commands for GUl based TFTP Clients ssseesss 310 Table 123 Diagnostic General 2 oed cete e PER bL ratia la eta Eu ES een d dias Pp e da 315 Table T24 Diagnostic DSL LINE 4 ceace ea anten Hh Ex acea ol FER S aaa Ear inta aie 316 List of Tables 31 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 125 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your Device eeeeeeeeenenenene 319 Table 126 Troubleshooting the LAN scite a eta bone aaa snt a oa CHECK eb RP C n acc 319 Table 127 Troubleshooting the WAN cs caca sai aaa d a ea ttr a a 320 T
8. Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Appendix Log Descriptions 381 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 152 System Maintenance Lo
9. An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Us
10. Action for Matched Packet Use the drop down list box to select whether to discard Drop deny and send an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender of Reject or allow the passage of Permit packets that match this rule Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses e g 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Appendix F on page 371 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Servic
11. The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 30 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN TCP IP IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP if given Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 8 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced LAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Chapter 8 LAN Setup 113 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 56 Advanced LAN Setup RIP Version Multicast Any IP Setup IV Active RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Both x RIP IGMP v1 x Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Mu
12. Reset to Medium Reset cea 27 4 1 3 Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 5 Click OK to close the window Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 327 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 191 Security Settings Java Security Settings E 3 xl Settings Q Disable 9 Enable es Font download O Disable 9 Enable p Q Prompt 3 Microsoft vM Java permissions Q Custom piete 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset cea 27 4 1 3 1 JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window 328 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 192 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections 2 Microsoft VM P a console enabled requires restart n lagging enabled S ompiler for virtual machine enabled requi
13. 25 1 Introduction Use the instructions in this chapter to change the device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings The firmware determines the device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site or www zyxel com to use to upgrade your device s performance Note Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 25 2 Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password DHCP Setup TCP IP Setup etc It arrives from ZyXEL with a rom filename extension Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension Find this firmware at www zyxel com With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next ftp put firmware bin ras This is
14. In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 199 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 105 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit gt Source Address Address Type any Address eee 0 0 0 6 Add gt gt Any End IP Address Less Subnet Mask 0 0 0 6 Delete Destination Address Address Type any Address Start IP boso Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP ooo Ann Address gti LEsit E Subnet Mask Delete Service Source Address List Destination Address List Available Services Selected Services Add gt gt AIMINEW ICQCTCP 51 90 AUTH TCP 113 SEDES BGP TCP 179 Remove Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday F sun V Mon P Tue IV wed IV Thu V rri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day Start hour minute End hour minute Log DI Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel 200 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 72 Firewall Edit Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule
15. Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule a
16. Region Settings Region Settings Defaut Call Service Mode Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 62 VoIP gt Phone gt Region LABEL DESCRIPTION Region Settings Select the place in which the ZyXEL Device is located Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services call hold call waiting call transfer and three way conference calls that your VoIP service provider supports Europe Type use supplementary phone services in European mode USA Type use supplementary phone services American mode You might have to subscribe to these services to use them Contact your VoIP Service provider Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 17 Speed Dial Speed dial provides shortcuts for dialing frequently used VoIP phone numbers 11 17 1 Peer to Peer Calls You can call another VoIP device directly without going through a SIP server You must set up a speed dial entry in the phone book in order to do this Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL in the Type column and enter the callee s IP address or domain name The ZyXEL Device sends SIP INVITE requests to the peer VoIP device when you use the speed dial entry You do not need to configure a SIP account on the ZyXEL Device 2602HW in order to make a peer to peer VoIP call 1
17. The ISP provides the WAN IP address after authenticating you Authentication may be through the user name and password the MAC address or the host name The username and password apply to PPPoE and PPPoA encapsulation only Make sure that you have entered the correct Service Type User Name and Password be sure to use the correct case Refer to Section 7 5 on page 98 cannot access the Internet Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on and connected to the network Verify your WAN settings Refer to Chapter 7 on page 93 Make sure you entered the correct user name and password If you use PPPoE pass through make sure that bridge mode is turned on The Internet connection disconnects If you use PPPoA or PPPoE encapsulation check the idle time out setting Refer to Section 7 5 on page 98 Contact your ISP 320 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 27 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL Device Table 128 Troubleshooting Accessing Your Device PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION cannot The username is admin The default password is 1234 The Password and access the Username fields are case sensitive Make sure that you enter the correct password ZyXEL Device and username using the proper casing If you have changed the password and have now forgotten it you will need to upload the default configuration file This restores all of the facto
18. When DHCP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting Address This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP Server If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to the DHCP clients Chapter 8 LAN Setup 115 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 32 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION First DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server Second DNS Server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address Third DNS Server Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clie
19. Attacker broadcasts ping Every host on the packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host on the victim network 13 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 67 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP REPLY 17 ADDRESS MASK REQUEST 18 ADDRESS MASK REPLY 13 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illegal Table 68 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 69 Legal SMTP Commands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 186 Chapter 13 Firewalls P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 13 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility used to determine the path a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of
20. FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD O etsi l normal 3 2 gdmt 3 multimo de Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 419 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 420 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide A AAL5 334 AbS 156 ACK Message 152 Address Assignment 109 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 112 ADSL standards 38 ADSL2 334 AH 217 AH Protocol 221 ALG 41 149 alternative subnet mask notation 355 Analysis by Synthesis 156 Antenna 333 Any IP 39 111 How it works 112 note 112 Any IP Setup 114 AP Access Point 363 Application Layer Gateway 41 149 Application level Firewalls 182 Applications Internet access 44 Asynchronous Transfer Mode 316 ATM AAL5 334 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 94 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 334 Attack Alert 209 Attack Types 186 Authentication Header 221 Auto Firmware Upgrade 39 180 Automatic Log Out 51 Auto negotiating Rate Adaptation 334 Auto negotiation 38 Auto provisioning 39 180 B Backup 305 Backup Type 105 Bandwidth Management 253 Bandwidth Manager Class Configuration 259 Index Bandwidth Manager Monitor 262 Bandwidth Manager Summary 257 Basic wireless security 68 Blocking Time 208 Brute force Attack 185 BSS 361 BW Budget 260 BYE Request 152 C CA 368 Call Hold 169 170 Call Service Mode 168 170 Call Transfer 169 171 Call Waiting 169 171 Caller ID 336 CBR Continuous Bit Rat
21. Figure 157 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advanced Sethings Services Select te sarnvices unita on pour neto tat Intemelt reel can sd Esk Services F marisa 1921681658618 IEEE TEP be merece 192 1681 85 ABBA 27171 UDP msrases 132 1EE 1 81 7 281 25037 UDF 9 meme 12 1 5 1 87 7810 30 711 TCR Figure 158 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Tes Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 1392 168 111 External Port number for this service 143 TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray 284 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 159 System Tray Icon 4 Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information NAS 5 upnp2 Paint 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status Figure 160 Internet Connection Status Y internet Connection Status General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gate
22. Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 5 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see Section 25 7 on page 308 for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown 270 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 144 Remote Management FTP FTP Port Access Status Note Secured Client IP You may also need to create a Firewallrule FTP 21 LAN amp WAN C all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 107 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server p
23. eese nnne 370 Table 150 Examples Of Services iissa Dra aia cs pe Fera uk LA EVE od c boda eb d 371 Table 151 Sys Firewall Commands ee 375 Table 152 System Maintenance LOUS simetric EX sensi A39 VR ce 381 ILU 5sP oso T 382 Table 154 Access Control Logs sees ia aa a sa a e a bod dread 382 Table 129 TCP Reset LEE ee 383 Metale oe PaF LODS rr a drd Bt la 383 Tele VE IGP LOGS X 383 WS Ty a LOOS suna etc ta a aia ial 8 sa ip n a a ial ai 384 Table 159 PPP LOOS e tt a a d a i au 384 cus E avem 385 Table 161 Contem Fikenng Logs EEUU ENT 385 Table uo Me 385 Tonle TTo GUZIK LOS teram TS 386 Toe TAAL SeN NOES canen ra a a a n ca iene 387 Table Tes GMP Naess e 387 Toe TO S roo LOGS em 388 Table 167 SIP LOOS 388 32 List of Tables P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Tale 168 RTP LODS e 389 Table 169 FSM dei i r Em 389 Table 170 FSM Logs Calles DIG nioo aaa rr tetti keit dra d i 389 Table T7 1 PSTIN LOR socante s ada im cea er ee aie t V a A o c nd 389 Table 172 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Typag nice caimninaea aaa ntunecata lada S REESE bud En ta 390 Table 173 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table 398 Table 174 Menu 1 General SOWIE sas coinai ca aaa e tai re i i ii a ia i ii 398 EU WINE 398 Table 176 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup ee
24. 2 Click the IP Address tab If your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically If you have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 201 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address Bindings Advanced Netlos DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below E C Specify an IP address d v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab If you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS If you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 343 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 202 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 2 x Bindings Advanced Netpios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways e Ifyou have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add
25. 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 In the Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP 1 For Windows XP click start Control Panel In Windows 2000 NT click Start Settings Control Panel 344 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 203 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents lei Outlook Express y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W 2 My Recent Documents gt e My Pictures B Command Prompt EJ Acrobat Reader 4 0 Tour windows XP Windows Movie Maker control Panel ka Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support Search All Programs gt 177 Run 2 Log Off 0 Turn Off Computer untitled Paint 2 For Windows XP click Network Connections For Windows 2000 NT click Network and Dial up Connections Figure 204 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q d P Search Folders Ez Address G Control Panel Vg Control Panel A Add Hardware Qe Switch to Ca
26. i nc 0 a Cha ia NR MID E 141 Tablo 4 NAT Mapping TUBOS cud box an a Eo loc ua a ea da 144 EO T NAT General NR EI I i eu T T 145 Table 49 Port e aa 147 Table 50 Fort Forwarding Rule Sell 12st tty rea tt o pt Pp EE P en cu 148 Table 91 Network NAT gt ALG octet ia sie aa ERA iad n ea a A i a TNAM Ea dar 149 Table 52 SIP Call Progressio acre cete a aaa al dala d a pa ba ab asa i 152 Table sells aoa po aee e nr 155 Table 54 Custom Tones Detalle naso bee ERR EE a eie aper EN E Per Cen aia 157 Table 55 Vell gt SIP S tlings gt Advanced nas r aiva tet pret ttn prd ea bess 000 ii 160 Toe ae aT PC MCN 163 Table 57 Phone gt Analog Phone cca sania t tret he taedia certis d a sd a 165 Table 58 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced eese nnne nennen nnns 166 Table S9 Phone CSO m 167 Table 60 European Flash Key COMmMands dacccscrecasccciscesesssasnssecseacsicesssassss seserseenatermnianegs 168 Table 81 USA Flash Key Commands ici na caen cae tratan nl a a a d Pl n E 170 Table G2 Vole gt Phone 0 Met 172 Table os Phone Book gt Speed Dial idein o ant aa Fb Pt a bas d e e Cai 173 Table 64 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy sean venea rnnt nth nnn aaa a 175 Table 65 PSTN Ene gt General e 177 Talis 8b Common IF FONS 12 iser pt ee FUR REO DEF ad EDI aa d at Da at aa 184 Table 67 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts ini pote ca emana taia a n 186
27. models only 9 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 61 Example of a Wireless Network i 1 AS a 2 1 H gt H 1 N 7 1 gt fea i 7 4 N N 4 Me af A B Pd a mmm mam mmm The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 121 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 9 2 1 SSID Normally th
28. 0 OmU ANIC ec 186 acras DIM no em 187 Figure 105 Firewall General ossccco vata esse ci eese cacti dae Ep eC aae Eel iC i it eS gae EE DL e dd 196 Fague T4 Firewall RIOS ne ca aula ma e ana e a GU Iw ia c a eU aa UNI i ue a 198 Foue 109 Frowa ESE Fle eC p a irc i at d au aa 200 Figure 105 Firewall Customized Services cca a nani n ai op a a a i ad 202 Figure 107 Firewall Configure Customized Services nana nea anna aaa tena 203 Figure 108 Firewall Example RUIES ncc cct rris tator eoa s eter doza at ine ea cte aaa aaa 204 Figure 109 Edit Custom Fort Exemple i poet bortis bob pt HERE ct E ra e HOA 204 Figure 110 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address sees 205 Figure 111 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services 206 Figure 112 Firewall Example Rules MyService eeseseseseesssse nenne nana a 207 Figure TES Firewall Threshold ic ete dota n eletto vb ta dan oan te R 209 Figura 114 Content Filter KOYWOI sn rasini osse pret RP PLI n ERE pt 8S o pda Eoo SR E 211 Figure 115 Content Filter Sehedule Laus eese era anii bua 2 e a ia ii DHL E ERA DE UEM 0 212 Figure 116 e cydq Etc 213 Figure 117 Eperyption and Decryption 1 obo nita il EORR UR P HUS i tul 216 Foue NUS c rlw Mee m 217 Figure 119 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation essssssse 218 Figure 12048596 Summary Fields 2 esser aa qiii
29. 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards UL CUL UL 60950 1 UL CUL UL 60950 1 EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B B 180100 MU18 2180100 C5 336 Appendix A Product Specifications P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 132 P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications continued Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 TUV CE EN 60950 1 UNITED KINGDOM PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B D 180100 MU18 2180100 B2 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 TUV CE EN 60950 1 Appendix A Product Specifications 337 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 338 Appendix A Product Specifications P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX B Splitters and Microfilters This appendix tells you how to install a POTS splitter or a telephone microfilter Connecting a POTS Splitter When you use the Full Rate G dmt ADSL standard you can use a POTS Plain Old Telephone Service splitter to separate the telephone and ADSL sign
30. 13 or 29 characters or Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A F Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 38 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and clicking Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP key is used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively 9 5 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list 128 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 65 Wireless WPA 2 PSK Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID z x Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz gt Security Security Mode wraz Psk v wPA Compatible Pre Shared Key Si ReAuthentication Timer fisoo In Seconds Idle
31. Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen 148 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 50 Port Forwarding Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 10 5 2 SIP ALG Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP
32. Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Automatically Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gave you an IP address to use Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET address ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 20 Internet Connection with PPPoA Note Please enter the User Name and Pa User Name Password ffi Internet Configuration word given to you by your Internet Service Provider here Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet lt Back Apoy The following table describes the f
33. Cancel Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 57 Phone Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Phone Port Select the phone port you want to see in this screen If you change this field the Settings screen automatically refreshes Outgoing Call Use SIP1 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP1 account when it makes calls If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use SIP2 first SIP2 Select this if you want this phone port to use the SIP2 account when it makes calls If you select both SIP accounts the ZyXEL Device tries to use SIP2 first Incoming Call apply to SIP1 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP1 account on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls SIP2 Select this if you want to receive phone calls for the SIP2 account on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls PSTN Line L Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the PSTN line that do not use models only the Internet on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls Note When the ZyXEL Device does not have power regardless of
34. Chapter 25 Tools 313 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 314 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 26 Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 26 1 General Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 183 Diagnostic General General TCP IP Address Ping The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 123 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Address Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered 26 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next Chapter 26 Diagnostic 315 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 184 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line SAR Driver inPkts outPkts inF4Pkts inF5Pkts ATM Status ATM Loopback Test DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line Capture All Logs Counters Display xOOO000000 inDiscards Ox00000000 0x00000000 outDiscards 0x00000000 xO0O0000000 outF4Pkts Ox00000000 0x00000000 outF5Pkts Ox00000000 Ox00000001 closeChan Ox00000000 0 rxRate Bps 0 5 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 124 Diagnostic DSL Line
35. P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service 13 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 98 Firewall Application wr m ere aaa Pd EN we a LAN BBB e L A 13 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 13 4 1 Basics Computers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP por
36. P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B Figure 135 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example Subnet A L LAN WAN Subnet A 320 kbps Subnet B 320 kbps wee 19 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 96 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VoIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 19 5 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL Device has two types of scheduler fairness based and priority based 19 5 1 Priority based Scheduler With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL Device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The larger a bandwidth class s priority number is the higher the priority Assign real time applications like those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation 254 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 2602H W L DxA Series U
37. SIP 2 Register Inactive ChangeMe 127 0 0 1 Chapter 6 Status Screens 83 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Each field is described in the following table Table 21 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Apply Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information Host Name This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the Maintenance System General screen s System Name field Model Number This is the model name of your device MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the device It also Firmware shows the date the firmware version was created Click this to go to the screen Version where you can change it DSL Firmware This field displays the current version of the device s DSL modem code Version WAN Information DSL Mode This is the DSL standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask Default This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable Gateway V
38. Set 2 30201008 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201009 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201010 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201011 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201012 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201013 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201014 IP Alias 2 lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 30201015 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201016 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201017 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201018 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201019 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 30201020 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201021 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201022 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201023 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201024 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201025 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201026 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 Menu 3 5 Wireless LAN Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30500001 ESSID Wireless 400 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 3 30500002 Hide ESSID lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30500003 Channel ID lt 1
39. Use this screen to maintain rules for handling incoming calls You can block redirect or accept them To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy 174 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 96 Phone Book Incoming Call Policy Incoming Call Policy Table Number Table 1 gt Forward to Number Setup Li Unconditional Forward to Number O Busy Forward to Number E3 No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time Advanced Setup activate Incoming Call Number Forward to Number 1 p M se 1M I ovo Cc N OO n ke Q N FI CI LN DI SEN D ICE C ICH LI eo SSS D CN fs Second Unconditional You can create two sets of call forwarding rules Each one is stored in a call forwarding table Each field is described in the following table Table 64 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Table Number Select the call forwarding table you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes Forward to Number Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order in which they appear after it checks the rules in the Advanced Setup section Unconditional Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all incoming calls to the specified phone number regardless of other rules in the Forward to Number section Specify t
40. WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable Note When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 21 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 267 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 21 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Usethe ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 21 1 3 System Tim
41. activated Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router See Appendix H on page 377 for more on triangle route topology and how to deal with this problem Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a l
42. computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section 25 3 on page 302 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 8 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete 310 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Note WARNING Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE YOUR device When the Restore Configuration process is complete the device will automatically restart 25 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 181 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay 150 Opening da
43. device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Listening Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it receives from the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Echo Cancellation G 168 Active Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk 166 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 58 Phone Analog Phone Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing Select numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly you dial phone numbers If you select Active Immediate Dial in VoIP Phone Common you can press the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately regardless of this setting VAD Support Select this if the ZyXEL Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking This reduces the bandwidth the ZyXEL Device uses Back Click this to return to the Analog Phone screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 14 14 Common Phone Settings Screen Use this screen to activate and deactivate immediate dial
44. dynamicrule display Displays the firewall s dynamic rules toprst rst Turns TCP reset sending on off rst113 Turns TCP reset sending for port 113 on off display Displays the TCP reset sending settings icmp This rule is not in use dos smtp Enables disables the SMTP DoS defender display Displays the SMTP DoS defender setting ignore Sets if the firewall will ignore DoS attacks on the lan wan ignore dos Sets if the firewall will ignore DoS attacks on the lan wan triangle Sets if the firewall will ignore triangle route packets on the lan wan Appendix G Firewall Commands 375 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 376 Appendix G Firewall Commands P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX H Triangle Route The Ideal Setup When the firewall 1s on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks The Triangle Route Problem Figure 217 Ideal Setup LAN Internet gt N A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices Some companies have more than one alternate route to one or more ISPs If the LAN and ISP s are in the same subnet the triangle route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connec
45. number to make an outgoing PSTN call You can still make PSTN phone calls if your device loses power Note When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you connect and turn on the device it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Auto Provisioning Your VoIP service provider can automatically update your device s configuration via an auto provisioning server Auto Firmware Upgrade Your device gives you the option to upgrade to a newer firmware version if it finds one during auto provisioning Your VoIP service provider must have an auto provisioning server and a server set up with firmware in order for
46. pression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s second choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first choice Third Compres sion Type Select the ZyXEL Device s third choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first or second choice Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 55 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION DTMF Mode Control how the ZyXEL Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when you push its buttons You should use the same mode your VoIP service provider uses RFC 2833 send the DTMF tones in RTP packets PCM send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream This method works best when you are using a codec that does not use compression like G 711 Codecs that use compression like G 729 can distort the tones SIP INFO send the DTMF tones in SIP messages Outbound Proxy Active Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice calls This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from retranslating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy se
47. room 13 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them 190 Chapter 13 Firewalls P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good network administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to minimize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e mail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connection by looking for a small key icon on the bottom of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to c
48. user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Chapter 8 LAN Setup 109 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 8 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Inte
49. you are using your SIP account 1 Similarly every time you place a call through phone port 2 you are using your SIP account 2 To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 11 3 on page 154 Figure 194 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 SIP2 330 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 27 6 2 Incoming Calls The following example shows the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device for incoming calls when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When a call comes in from your SIP account 1 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring Similarly when a call comes in from your SIP account 2 the phones connected to both phone port 1 and phone port 2 ring In either case you are not sure which SIP account the call is coming from Figure 195 Incoming Calls Default gl PHONE 2 SIP 2 In the next example phone port 1 is configured to use SIP account 1 and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 for incoming calls In this case every time you receive a call from your SIP account 1 the phone connected to phone port 1 rings Similarly every time you receive a call from your SIP account 2 the phone connected to phone port 2 rings To apply these configuration changes you need to configure the Analog Phone screen See Section 11 3 on page 154 Figure 196 Incomi
50. 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 43 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address 136 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 43 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 8 QoS Screen The QoS screen by default allows you to automat
51. 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS is disabled NONE by default in phase 2 IPSec SA setup This allows faster IPSec setup but is not so secure Choose DH1 or DH2 from the drop down list box to enable PFS DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number more secure yet slower Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the VPN IKE screen without saving your changes 17 14 Manual Key Setup 17 14 1 Manual key management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management Security Parameter Index SPI An SPI is used to distinguish different SAs terminating at the same destination and using the same IPSec protocol This data allows for the multiplex
52. 10000000 356 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 138 Subnet 1 continued IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER ASI OCIET BIT VALUE Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 192 168 1 127 Table 139 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 Host IDs of all zeros represent the subnet itself and host IDs of all ones are the broadcast address for that subnet so the actual number of hosts available on each subnet in the example above is 27 2 or 126 hosts for each subnet 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is the subnet itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is the directed broadcast address for the first subnet Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for the first subnet is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for the second subnet is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The above example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a
53. 113 4 EI IRA SUN cocaina ea catia pa ac ca ta ab ata 115 S o LAN Client LIG e ceea 116 BD LS SIE RRDP PRR DR OR 9 lena th aaa SR NOR DP etui ut aded ARO IP eux AR 117 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN si cei i i ba aa i ui ei i bl ER 121 9 1 Wireless Network OVODVIGW nasa caen e o ll assunse 121 Table of Contents 11 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 2 Wireless Secunty CUSFVIBW insetat pl HH ES A ERLL A Rad EP HE SR 122 AE E E et Tcr TEE 122 922 MAC I qg E 122 923 Usar PARES NUD cai eir reta sta fa psa da rct CE n ul er en 123 Baud GON sa a oa au 5 ia a to at a 123 9 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST 124 9 3 Wireless Performance Overview c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaneeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneneees 124 Sa mall Or come 000 m 124 84 Additional Wireless TENIS ioc tc pita a a dia a orco be p Dae RU edu 125 9 5 General WLAN SOFGOEI 1er ina a oa Ipae x ai i bea ol I ada lana agna 125 9 5 1 No SEG ci cea atat 126 95 4 WEP EBBEBUO SPI acas sarea tata pt et 150 127 935 0 WPAN PSI MT T T 128 9 5 4 WPA Z Authentication Sereen caci aan it a a id ii dede 130 9 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup mce nenea anna nn 131 BOUITIST SOPBOH Scent n ocazia tb na ca c 133 315 1 Notes Gmo TIST si someaza ot i ra 8008 li i ca 135 SIND aos wince rsa e anda enim sta RE aaa a uita URS 136 Be DIOS SOEI aiios i d e pata
54. 13 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application Chapter 13 Firewalls 181 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 13 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside systems since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made known to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts and causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 13 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by s
55. 184 DQPSK 42 DS Field 162 DSCPs 162 DSL line reinitialize 317 DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer 44 DTMF 157 DTMF Detection and Generation 336 Dual Tone MultiFrequency 157 Dynamic DNS 441 263 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 41 Dynamic Jitter Buffer 40 336 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address 223 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 368 DYNDNS Wildcard 263 E EAP Authentication 367 EAP MD5 335 Echo Cancellation 41 164 336 E Mail 139 E mail Log Example 299 Emergency Numbers 164 Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP 93 Encapsulation 93 217 ENET ENCAP 93 PPP over Ethernet 93 PPPoA 94 RFC 1483 94 Encapsulation Security Payload 221 Encryption 215 369 ESP 217 ESP Protocol 221 ESS 362 Europe Type Call Service Mode 168 Extended Service Set 362 Extended Service Set IDentification 126 Extended wireless security 67 External Antenna 43 External RADIUS 335 F F4 F5 OAM 334 Fairness based Scheduler 255 FCC 4 Federal Communications Commission 4 Filename Conventions 301 302 Firewall Access Methods 193 Address Type 201 Alerts 196 Anti Probing 207 Creating Editing Rules 199 422 Index P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Custom Ports 202 Enabling 196 Firewall Vs Filters 191 Guidelines For Enhancing Security 190 Introduction 182 LAN to WAN Rules 196 Policies 193 Rule Checklist 194 Rule Logic 194 Rule Security Ramifications 194 Types 181 When To Use 192 Firmware
56. 27 30 126 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 NI OO oO BR oO rm Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks For class A and class B addresses the subnet mask also determines which bits are part of the network number and which are part of the host ID A class B address has two host ID octets available for subnetting and a class A address has three host ID octets see Table 133 on page 354 available for subnetting Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting 359 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table is a summary for class B subnet planning Table 146 Class B Subnet Planning QUEE HOSE SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS Ape otel FER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 360 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX E Wi
57. 301 firmware 301 upload 302 upload error 304 Flash Key 168 Flashing 168 Fragmentation Threshold 364 Frame Relay 44 Frequency Range 335 FTP 146 267 270 File Upload 311 FTP Restrictions 267 302 Full Rate 339 G G 168 41 164 336 G 711 156 336 G 729 156 336 G 992 1 334 G 992 3 334 G 992 4 334 G 992 5 334 General Setup 289 Graphical User Interface GUI 38 Graphics Icons 36 H Half Open Sessions 208 Hidden Node 363 Host 290 Housing 42 HTTP 182 183 184 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 302 Humidity 333 IANA 110 IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority 202 IBSS 361 ICMP echo 185 ID Type and Content 227 IEEE 802 11g 42 43 365 IEEE 802 11g Data Rates 42 IEEE 802 11g Modulation 42 IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN 42 43 IEEE 802 11i 43 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN 163 IGMP 111 IGMP Proxy 334 IGMP v1 334 IGMP v2 334 IKE Phases 234 Independent Basic Service Set 361 Initialization Vector IV 369 Inside Header 218 Install UPnP 279 Windows Me 279 Windows XP 281 Integrated Access Device 37 Internal Calls 179 Internal SPTGEN 395 FTP Upload Example 397 Points to Remember 395 Text File 395 Internet Access 38 44 Internet access 57 Internet Access Setup 320 Internet access wizard setup 57 Internet Assigned Numbers AuthoritySee IANA 110 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 185 Internet Key Exchange 234 Internet Protocol Security 215 Internet Telephony Service Provider 4
58. 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See Chapter 27 on page 319 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser 3 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 4 A password screen displays The default password 1234 displays in non readable characters If you haven t changed the password yet you can just click Login Click Cancel to revert to the default password in the password field If you have changed the password enter your password and click Login Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 49 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 7 Password Screen P 2602HWL D1A 5 The following screen displays if you have not yet changed your password It is highly recommended you change the default password Enter a new password retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now Figure 8 Chan
59. Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Enable OTIST Select the check box to enable OTIST if you want to transfer your ZyXEL Device s SSID and WEP or WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minutes to complete Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of up to eight ASCII characters in length Be sure to use the same OTIST Setup Key on the ZyXEL Device and wireless clients Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 25 Wireless LAN fa Wireless LAN Channel Selection Security Network name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients Your e use one channels You should use the default channel unless other wir s nearby ne channel Channel 06 X Manually assign a WPA key Y would prefer to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless Name SSID LAN If you change this field
60. By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC TKIP makes it much more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP making it difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs an easier to use consistent single alphanumeric password Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each Authentication Method key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 149 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHOD KEY ENCRYPTION ENTER ENABLE IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Open None No No Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA WEP No Yes WPA TKIP No Yes WPA PSK WEP Yes Yes WPA PSK TKIP Yes Yes 370 Appendix E Wireless LANs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX F Services The
61. Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at least one PVC with proper VPIs VCls before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network 316 Chapter 26 Diagnostic P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 124 Diagnostic DSL Line continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DSL Line Status Click this button to view statistics about the DSL connections noise margin downstream is the signal to noise ratio for the downstream part of the connection coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP It is measured in decibels The higher the number the more signal and less noise there is output power upstream is the amount of power in decibels that the ZyXEL Device is using to transmit to the ISP attentuation downstream is the reduction in amplitude in decibels of the DSL signal coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into sub carriers sub channels of 4 3125 KHz each called tones The rest of the display is the line s bit allocation This is displayed as the number in hexadecimal format of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margin
62. Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add 284 Figure 159 System Tray CON aie muia aaa ata alta Eae i a pev e pd 285 Figure 160 Internet Connection Status 3 52 6 Eae ta og ees a een a e tn LO RR RN 285 Figure 161 Network Cobol ieu ao e t ab bobo epe bibe epa bois Prio Fort VM EPOD vM ba 286 Figure 162 Network Connections My Network Places cecinere 287 Figure 163 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example 287 Figure 164 Systemi G neral Setup Mem 290 Figuro 105 System Time Soling cscs pom a ata niacin pedala 291 Foue TOO T ME see EIE 296 Faure 167 Log Erie A 297 26 List of Figures P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 169 E mail Loa EXaImple seca sata tan a sU pr HS HR PL St rita Uc HS lit 300 Figure 169 Firmware Upgrade rau sea tan iau id santa au RR bra Fb it FORT poA ARE i Ea 303 Figure 170 Firmware Upload In Progress ni aia anna ou aa a ot ae a ti pt dai i pi i 303 Figure 171 Network Temporarily Disconnected 12 5 aor ed cai a o da 304 Figure 172 Enor MOSES sii tai i i ehe ac tt i adde taam n qt kl Pr ie ium qe uid 304 Figure 173 GCONMQUIANOM m 305 Figure 174 Configuration Upload Successful noua aaa tico ka ial Cid 306 Figure 175 Network Temporarily DISGORDBOUSU seic ca a qr p ERR qu bar a 306 Figure 1 6 Configuration Upload EITOF auci pae nee Lact e o ta Fa o pl pipi 306 Figur
63. DSL connection 2 2 3 Main Window The main window displays information and configuration fields It is discussed in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 6 on page 83 for more information about the Status screen 2 2 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 55 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 56 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP Note See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon bg in the top right corner of the web configurator to go to the wizards Figure 11 Select a Mode E Please select Wizard or Advanced mode 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless
64. Dest Subnet Mask 0 210102006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210102007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210102009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask 210102010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210102011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Match 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210102014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 3 set 1 rule 3 FIN F PVA INPUT 210103001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt S02 210103002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt EC 210103003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210103004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210103005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210103006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210103007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210103008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 410 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 179 Menu 21 1 Filter Se
65. Device might be reduced Enable Select Enable 802 11g mode checkbox to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that support this feature to associate with the ZyXEL Device at higher transmission speeds This permits the ZyXEL Device to transmit at a higher speed than the 802 11g Only mode Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 132 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 6 OTIST Screen Use this screen to set up and start OTIST on the ZyXEL Device in your wireless network To open this screen click Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST Figure 68 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST OTIST OTIST Setup Key 01234567 V ves Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience Start The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type a key password 8 ASCII characters long Note If you change the OTIST setup key in the ZyXEL Device you must change it on the wireless devices too Yes Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically generate a pre shared key for the wireless ne
66. E E E E E E B E B Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 81 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet 224 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 81 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Address This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind the remote IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the
67. E Mail Address E hour minute 0 0 0 0 Server Name or IP Address Locar1 Send Immediate Alert O System Errors Access Control Blocked Web Sites attacks Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 116 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E m ail Log Settings Mail Server E mail Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via Chapter 24 Logs 297 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 116 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Send Log to The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts to Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol i
68. EM WAN Information DSL Mode NORMAL IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 s DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server 54M WLAN Information SSID ZYXEL Channel 6 Summary sta Diable 7 Security Firewall Client List AnyIP Table Content Filter WLAN Status Bandwidth Status VPN Status Packet Statistics VoIP Statistics LAN Up 100M Full Duplex Message As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts A title bar B navigation panel C main window D status bar 2 2 1 Title Bar The title bar allows you to change the language and provides some icons in the upper right corner 52 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The icons provide the following functions Table 5 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Help Click this icon to open up help screens Wizards Click this icon to go to the configuration wizards See Chapter 3 on page 57 for more information Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator 2 2 2 Navigation Panel Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure ZyXEL Device features The following tables describe each menu item Table 6 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Sta
69. Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 15 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will not perform content filtering 15 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 114 Content Filter Keyword Keyword IV Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel Chapter 15 Content Filtering 211 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Content Filter Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this
70. General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name n Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 23 1 1 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen Chapter 23 System 289 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 164 System General Setup System Setup System Name Domain Name Timer Password Old Password New Password A Caution Administrator Inactivity Retype to confirm m m s minutes 0 means no
71. IP ioo15 Address 20003 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Note Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 205 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 111 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type Any Address Start IP tooo Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP nooo Address 0 0 0 0 Edit cu Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Source Address List Destination Address Address Type Range Address Start IP Rioo 010 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 145 ddraze 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP inooi1s Fori 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address List Service Available Services Selected Services MyService TCP LIDP 123 Add gt gt y AIMINEW ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 Remove BGP TCP 178 Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon V Tue M wed IV Thu IV Fri P sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format IV All day stari hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information
72. IPSEC TUNNEL Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program a program to enable TCP 21 fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol Appendix F Services 371 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 150 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP MULTICAST User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IMAP4 TCP 143 The Internet Message Access Protocol is used for e mail IMAP4S TCP 993 This is a more secure version of IMAP4 that runs over SSL IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 The
73. In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled 322 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 186 Internet Options Internet Options p General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings e Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet RE zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing C Block pop up 3 Click Apply to save this setting 27 4 1 1 2 Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 323 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 187 Internet Options Internet Options pann General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move t
74. L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 37 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need access to more advanced features not included in Wizard mode 2 Click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP Figure 38 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup through the most comm figuration en broken down into two hich may BANDWIDTH lv AGEMENT SETUP 3 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the packet size or services Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard 79 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information STEP1 STEP iv active ase next gt Exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN LAN or WLAN port Select Auto Classifier to automatically allocate bandwidth to packets based on the packet size or Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the
75. L DxA Series User s Guide Table 162 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP code d type sd The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack Table 163 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Local User Database accepts user A user was authenticated by the local user database Local User Database reports user credential error A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated User logout because of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session ex
76. LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view your DSL connection s Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM statistics ATM is a networking technology that provides high speed data transfer ATM uses fixed size packets of information called cells With ATM a high QoS Quality of Service can be guaranteed The Segmentation and Reassembly SAR driver translates packets into ATM cells It also receives ATM cells and reassembles them into packets These counters are set back to zero whenever the device starts up inPkts is the number of good ATM cells that have been received inDiscards is the number of received ATM cells that were rejected outPkts is the number of ATM cells that have been sent outDiscards is the number of ATM cells sent that were rejected inF4Pkts is the number of ATM Operations Administration and Management OAM F4 cells that have been received See ITU recommendation 1 610 for more on OAM for ATM outF4Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F4 cells that have been sent inF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been received outF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been sent openChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has opened a logical DSL channel closeChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has closed a logical DSL channel txRate is the number of bytes transmitted per second rxRate is the number of bytes received per second ATM Loopback Test
77. NAT Example ssssssssseee 146 Figure 51 Port Forwarding T M 147 24 List of Figures P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 62 Port Forwarding Rule SEDI sancti ta ds kh i 9 it tn 148 Figure 89 Nebvork NAT OS AL iuuat uaque ca eL ita sta a a ia Di EUR i m a semaine 149 Figure 84 SIP User AOOIIE Am 153 Foue Co SIP Proy CoN de EE 153 Figure 95 SIP Redirect SEINE cacat ten sub Daca it incat cca aa ca bata 154 Figure Of SIP gt SIP SEUURES Me aseara ac Cai aa GE aa pi a 155 Figure 88 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced 1 ceea ea ae aa aa a ia a a 159 Figure 89 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field ccs sseccccsseeeeeeeeesnneeseeeseeeseneenneeens 162 Fou solr e t tu ital Etapa aon eat elas 163 Figure 91 Phone AIG Phone n sc Mins a Fear a nits ia dada na a aa ia 165 Figure 92 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced scccccecsivecccescessecrcesnccccesvsnivencsiecensccsneesaueeeness 166 Foue Oo Phone COMMON m 167 Figure 94 VolF gt Phone gt PSSOIOD ocs d a aaa gg ebur IS i d 8 d ad n a 172 Figure 95 Phone Book gt Speed Dial n oua aa a i dens i a di ii pa 173 Figure 96 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy ceea ua aaa aaa acea aa aaa 175 Figure 97 PSIN Une Genedl Rer EET 177 Figure 98 Firowal SIE SONG n eat aaa E a rr dl trad 183 Figure 99 Three Way Handshake snm casca cala a ia a i a ia i a i i 184 Figure 100 SYN FIORI t 185 ass n
78. Network Basic Input Output System is TCP UDP 138 used for communication between TCP UDP 139 computers in a LAN TCP UDP 445 NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other POP3S TCP 995 This is a more secure version of POP3 that runs over SSL PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol GRE enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel 372 Appendix F Services P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 150 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 5
79. Play Forum UPnPTM Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP 22 2 1 Configuring UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 22 1 on page 277 for more information Figure 149 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P 2602HWL D14 Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Cancel 278 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 112 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug and Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use Play UPnP Feature a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can through UPnP communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applicat
80. Sessions 335 NAT Traversal 277 NAT traversal 226 Negotiation Mode 235 NetBIOS commands 186 Network Address Translation NAT 40 O OAM 334 OFDM 43 OK Response 152 One Minute High 208 Operation Humidity 333 Operation Temperature 333 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Modulation 43 Outside Header 218 424 Index P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide P Packet Filtering 191 Packet filtering When to use 192 Packet Filtering Firewalls 181 Pairwise Master Key PMK 369 PCM 156 Peak Cell Rate PCR 96 102 Peer to Peer Calls 45 Peer to peer Calls 45 Perfect Forward Secrecy 236 Per Hop Behavior 162 Permanent Virtual Circuits 334 PFS 236 PHB Per Hop Behavior 163 Phone 164 Ping of Death 184 Point to Point Calls 45 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 94 Point to point Calls 336 POP3 183 184 Port Forwarding 335 Power Adaptor 336 Power Adaptor Specifications 336 Power Specification 333 PPP Point to Point Protocol Link Layer Protocol 334 PPP over ATM AAL5 334 PPP over Ethernet 334 PPPoE 93 Benefits 93 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 41 93 Preamble Mode 365 Pre Shared Key 229 Priorities 257 Priority 260 Priority based Scheduler 254 PSTN Call Setup Signaling 157 Public Switched Telephone Network 37 Pulse Code Modulation 156 Pulse Dialing 157 PVCs 334 Q QoS 41 162 Quality of Service 41 162 Quality of Servi
81. Setup Wizard 57 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 12 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup BANDWIDTH MA 3 Your ZyXEL device attempts to detect your DSL connection and your connection type Figure 13 Auto Detection No DSL Connection a The following screen appears if a connection is not detected Check your hardware connections and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to return to the wizard welcome screen If you still cannot connect click Manually configure your Internet connection Follow the directions in the wizard and enter your Internet setup information as provided to you by your ISP See Section 3 2 1 on page 59 for more details If you would like to skip your Internet setup and configure the wireless LAN settings leave Yes selected and click Next f Internet c Your router has router will blink Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Manually configure your Internet connection Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No onfiguration our local g SL light on the b The following screen displays if a PPPoE or PPPoA connection is detected Enter your Internet account information username password and or service name exactly as provided by your ISP Then click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 65 for wireless connection wizard setup 58 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 14 Au
82. Static Route set 13 Metric 0 120113007 IP Static Route set 13 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 14 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120 001 IP Static Route set 14 Name Obr 120 002 IP Static Route set 14 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120 003 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120 004 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120 005 IP Static Route set 14 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120 006 IP Static Route set 14 Metric 0 120 007 IP Static Route set 14 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 406 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 12 continued Menu 12 1 15 IP Static Route Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 20115001 IP Static Route set 15 Name lt Str gt 20115002 IP Static Route set 15 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 40 20115003 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20115004 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20115005 IP Static Route set 15 Gateway 0 0 0 0 20115006 IP Static Route set 15 Metric 0 20115007 IP Static Route set 15 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Su Menu 12 1 16 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 20116001 IP Static R
83. Table 68 Legal NetBIOS Commands seca ata aia ata a a a d ai d in 186 Table 89 Legal SMTP COMManNdS een tre bai oct iati poa i n KE V dde 186 Table 70 Firewall SMe al space aaa cata d da ia a n a aa a pa cea i 197 p 71 Fire dut senorna aN A pt i a 0 ad 198 E esi dedil inc esta a aa a T UT LT M 201 Table 73 Customized SEIVIGBS quise ir oe cc s ani o LEA EE ve i a a a E Er buda 202 Table 74 Firewall Configure Customized Services eee eee 203 Table 75 Firewall Threshold oni i nbi t ca inta eren te n eb aa 209 Table 76 Content Filter KeyWord M 212 Table 77 Content FINGER SEMENE NE a to Ea aS iia 213 Table 75 Content Filter TOS QGE sirikan EE 213 Table 79 VEN ana NAT assise taiat ai nd e deir ane a e decr a 300 219 RE ss calcio TT MEER NT 222 Table S1 VPN Plc 224 30 List of Tables P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 2 VEN a i 226 Table 83 Local ID Typ and Content Fields Lsuissccinesten cena e amana enescu i ct aa e 228 Table 64 Peer ID Type and Content Fields nesanatoase a a di ii 228 Table 85 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example sssssss 229 Table 86 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ss 229 Table S7 Edit VPN Politie M 230 Table 88 Advanced VPN PIONEER inna one ana aia i d i dia at 237 ToO VFN Manual Cs inc at cit d Ra n n d a la 240
84. To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Echo Cancellation You device supports G 168 an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk QoS Quality of Service Quality of Service QoS mechanisms help to provide better service on a per flow basis Your device supports Type of Service ToS tagging and Differentiated Services DiffServ tagging This allows the device to tag voice frames so they can be prioritized over the network SIP ALG Your device is a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG It allows VoIP calls to pass through NAT for devices behind it such as a SIP based VoIP software application on a computer Universal Plug and Play UPnP Your device and other UPnP enabled devices can use the standard TCP IP protocol to dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey their capabilities to each other PPPoE Support RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers Other PPPoE Features PPPoE idle time out PPPoE dial on demand Dynamic DNS Support Wi
85. VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure Gateway IP This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This field displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN IKE screen to 0 0 0 0 Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the Remove icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Apply Click this to save your changes and apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this return your settings to their last saved values 17 6 Keep Alive When you initiate an IPSec tunnel with keep alive enabled the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the tunnel when the IPSec SA lifetim
86. W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 18 Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 18 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 132 Example of Static Routing Topology 18 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen Chapter 18 Static Route 249 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 133 Static Route Static Route Static Route Rules active Name Destination Netmask Gateway Modify 1 g fil 2 B fil 3 B fil 4 B fil 5 g fil 6 E z Edu 8 Eo 9 g fil 10 E i 11 B W 12 E fil 13 E fil 14 E W 15 E fil 16 B l Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 94 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active This field shows whether this static rout
87. When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 93 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 87 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or lea
88. When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup DH1 default refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH
89. a sal Di i CUR SpA CDU S EAD i M a 223 ms ead SeU cer T 224 Figure 122 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers eerie nter ntn anna aaa a 226 Figure 123 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example sse 227 Figure 124 Edit VPN PONGGS iiosscccoressaxcccteaese petit i dee et aue EE E Eb a al d desea at pl 230 List of Figures 25 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 125 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA Lusso terti teh dne ttd n t 234 Figure 126 Advanced VIPNIPODIBS a cos caiac ida dini Ae nto ER EAM E PADRE MA dUE 237 Figure 127 VEN Manual Re 240 Figure 129 VEN oF Monel venkat Ra a eeu eames 243 Figure ced mta tained ta ac a ue ata 244 Figure 130 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eseeeeeee 245 Figure 131 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example sess 246 Figure 132 Example of Static Routing Topology i nominal PII SEE iai ba Rea 249 Figure 155 II DOLO i cca alei a ad aw spud eta ERR ann 250 Figure 134 Static Route Edit soiree tio la i datu Rubr ua GR i l 251 Figure 135 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sess 254 Figure 136 Bandwidth Management Summary sse nens 258 Figure 137 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup cccccsesseeeeceeeseneeeseeeseneeeeeeeeeneeees 259 Figure 138 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration eene 260 Figure 139 Bandwidth Management Mon
90. a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device ftp get rom 0 config cfg Chapter 25 Tools 301 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware see the Status screen to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 118 Filename Conventions FILE TYPE INTERNAL NAME EXTERNAL NAME DESCRIPTION Configuration Rom O This is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL rom File Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default password the error log and the trace log Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS bin firmware on the ZyXEL Device 25 3 File Maintenance Ov
91. account you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes SIP Settings Active SIP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Clear it if you do not Account want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Local Port Enter the ZyXEL Device s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value SIP Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP Address service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Server Port Enter the SIP server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value REGISTER Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server if your VoIP Address service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same address you entered in the SIP Server Address field You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters REGISTER Server Enter the SIP register server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider Port gave you one Otherwise enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port field Chapter 11 Voice 155 P 2602H W L DxA Seri
92. address You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG Use this screen to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt ALG Figure 83 Network NAT ALG ALG Settings V Enable SIP ALG Apply Each field is described in the following table Table 51 Network NAT ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SIP ALG _ Select this to make sure SIP VoIP works correctly with port forwarding and address mapping rules Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click this to return to previously saved configuration Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 149 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 150 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 11 Voice This chapter provides background information on VoIP and SIP and explains how to configure your device s voice settings 11 1 Introduction to VoIP VoIP is the sending of voice signals over the Internet Protocol This allows you to make phone calls and send faxes over the Internet at a fraction of the cost of using the traditional circuit switched telephone network You can also use servers to run telephone service applications like PBX services and voice mail Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP companies provide VoI
93. also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network 9 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Adv
94. and complain that the hash value appended to the received packet doesn t match The VPN device at the receiving end doesn t know about the NAT in the middle so it assumes that the data has been maliciously altered IPSec using ESP in Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire original packet including headers in a new IP packet The new IP packet s source address is the outbound address of the sending VPN gateway and its destination address is the inbound address of the VPN device at the receiving end When using ESP protocol with authentication the packet contents in this case the entire original packet are encrypted The encrypted contents but not the new headers are signed with a hash value appended to the packet Tunnel mode ESP with authentication is compatible with NAT because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device Transport mode ESP with authentication is not compatible with NAT Table 79 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport N ESP Tunnel Y Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec 219 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 220 Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 17 VPN Screens This chapter introduces the VPN screens See Chapter 24 on page 295 for information on viewing logs and the appendix for IPSec
95. application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WAN interface LAN to WAN WLAN to WAN must be less than or equal to the WAN speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management Summary screen The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the LAN port WAN to LAN WLAN to LAN must be less than or equal to the LAN speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management Summary screen The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to the WLAN port LAN to WLAN WAN to WLAN must be less than or equal to the WLAN speed that you configure in the Bandwidth Management Summary screen 19 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail and Video for example 19 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 253
96. blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use its own IP address DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address Table 84 Peer ID Type and Content Fields PEER ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use the address in the Secure Gateway field DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address The domain name also does not have to match the remote router s IP address or what you configure in the Secure Gateway Addr field below 228 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples Two IPSec routers must have matching ID type and content configuration in order to set up a VPN tunnel The two ZyXEL Devi
97. box to have the ZyXEL Device divide up all of the interface s unallocated and or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require bandwidth Do not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or you want to limit the transmission speed of this interface see the Speed field description Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 8 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup You must use the Bandwidth Management Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure rules for that interface Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Figure 137 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup 2 Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN gt Service Ww Priority High 7 Bandwidth 10 Add To LAN Interface a cs E a 1 ww 0 10 E i kbps High Telnet 0 High 5 E l Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 102 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Direction Select LAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to the LAN Select WAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to the WAN Select WLAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to
98. br pesi et 88 Tanlo 25 PSS air oa apasa e 3000 ll e be ut roo Spa EFE iai 90 Table 2B Inieraet ACCESS Seip sasssa Hipp DH ei Fix ta a i il CUBE EE FA pat RAA 99 Table 27 Advanced Internet Access Setup nenea nana nana nea ea 101 Table 28 Advanced Internet Access Setup nene aaa eee 103 Table 29 WAN Backup OUI se ae ea aa eat a i na A a di a d a M ERE 105 UE m m i eat aaa aa oal tan dal aan dn di getii pusa 03 tauri atat d aaa ea 113 Table 21 Advanced LAN SED ceea cea ta aa a a aaa tel o a ta a a i a 114 Table 32 DHCP SAUP auossisientodx a e at Daia e da al ii dl ca d esse 119 EI LEGAM Lei ng qc EET 117 EU SI LIS INI IE AIOS A DT 118 Table 35 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication 123 Table 36 Wireless LAN General na ate oaia PR ac pla Ag PCIE IRE LE RHET Fera d dp 126 IEU ETES LC 1 02 DE ia da ez a d a a aa i a i 127 Table 38 Wireless Statio WEP Encryplloh 2c e ata ca ai a a a pt 128 List of Tables 29 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 29 Wireless WRAL ZI OK saiisine EE EM dp ER NR RS 129 Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 M 130 Table 41 Wireless LAN Advanced iue sabo a NH rosa ae a aa aaa ial fanii 132 Table 42 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST eee enma aaa 133 Table 43 MAC Address Fite cacao ea ata ace ta al i pa a lie a Ra 136 Table 44 Wireless LAN QOS 137 Table 45 Application Priority Configuration mmm emn 139 Table 45 MAT DEMIS ai aaa a e ceai c
99. buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record 2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 221 Displaying Log Categories Example Copyright c 1994 2004 ZyXEL Communications Corp ras Valid commands are Sys exit ether wan wlan ip bridge lan radius 8021x dsp voiceradius 8021x ras 3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category 390 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 222 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 both ras 4 Usesys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter is available with every category 5 Usethe sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Usethe sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Usethe sys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log
100. feature Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the ZyXEL Device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 15 3 Configuring the Schedule To set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 115 Content Filter Schedule D ooo ae Schedule Block Everyday IV Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday EET a me me a Jo hdo min 0 hrf min m 0 hdo min fo ho min o hi0 min 0 hdo min Ci 0 tfo min fo tfo min o ho min o nfo min 1 0 hO min o ndo min 1 o hdo min 0 hrf min Apply Cancel 212 Chapte
101. following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number Port s This value depends on the Protocol e Ifthe Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number Ifthe Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 150 Examples of Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some Servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from TCP UDP 24032 White Pines Software DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security
102. for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation Chapter 7 WAN Setup 101 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 27 Advanced Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent Size at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Zero This feature is not applicable available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to Configuration use a static WAN IP address or in bridge mode Select Yes to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically detect the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and make the necessary configuration changes Select No to disable this feature You must manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access PPPoE This field is available when you select PPPoE encapsulation Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE PPPoE pass through to allo
103. format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent Chapter 24 Logs 299 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 168 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From Date Fri From 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 user zyxel com To user zyxel com 1 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 TO2192 1680 714 255 default policy forward 09 54 03 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 2 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 TO 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 3 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward 09 54 19 UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 DEDIT CSTELD Jeter eset deh ED E DIR STIL Deore E eet tese 126 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 00 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 127 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 128 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 30 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 End of Firewall Log 300 Chapter 24 Logs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 25 Tools This chapter explains how to upload new firmware manage configuration files and restart your ZyXEL Device Note Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE YOUR ZyXEL Device
104. go to the screen where you can change it Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it System Status System Uptime This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 2 1 2 on page 51 Current Date Time This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You can change this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications for example using bandwidth management see Chapter 19 on page 253 Memory Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 25 6 on page 307 or tu
105. in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 7 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 7 1 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 94 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 7 1 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway 7 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field an
106. may have tup letter including this inf Routing efault if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account select Bridge mode Encapsulation Multiplexing c v Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP virtual Circuit ID VPI The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen 60 Chapter 3 Internet and Wi
107. misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Command Syntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type onJoff means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type exit to leave the commands when finished Appendix J Command Interpreter 393 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 394 Appendix J Command Interpreter P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX K Internal SPTGEN Internal SPTGEN Overview Internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table Generator is a configuration text file useful for efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Devices Internal SPTGEN lets you configure save and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file eliminating the need to navigate and configure individual screens for each ZyXEL Device The Configuration Text File Format All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format field identification number field name parameter values allowed inpu
108. of the syslog server that will log the selected Address categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 298 Chapter 24 Logs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 24 4 SMTP Error Messages If there are difficulties in sending e mail the following error message appears SMTP action request failed ret The are described in the following table Table 117 SMTP Error Messages 1 means ZyXEL Device out of socket 2 means tcp SYN fail 3 means smtp server OK fail 4 means HELO fail 5 means MAIL FROM fail 6 means RCPT TO fail 7 means DATA fail 8 means mail data send fail 24 4 4 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date
109. packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL Device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is extracted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it corresponds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 13 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code info
110. phone of the person you would like to call Figure 30 VoIP Phone Calls Internet N B In order to make VoIP calls you need to register at least one SIP account on your ZyXEL Device You can register your SIP account in the VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP wizard 4 2 VoIP Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon Eg in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example 71 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 31 Select a Mode ZyXEL Please select Wizard or Advanced mode 2 Click VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP to configure your SIP settings Figure 32 Wizard Welcome welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup dium and 72 Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 3 Fill in the VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP wizard screen with the information provided by your VoIP service provider Your VoIP service provider supplies you with the following information When you are finished click Apply Table 16 Sample SIP Account Information INFORMATION FROM VOIP SERVICE PROVIDER EXAMPLE VALUES DESCRIPTION SIP account address 11223344 SIPA Account com 11223344 is your SIP number This is the part that comes before the symbol in
111. piat ae 289 oe VUE SENILE setata S 291 Chapter 24 li Le IEEE RR ORE RR RD S ON O E RR E RR ENE Ra SRI 295 UO NEES GLA Cg o o e 295 24 11 PAGS AI Eo T 295 2A NONO TO LOOS crina ana a ia i ia T T 295 24 5 eie dE cm 296 Porsr bdcisao 2 CU la a a i plat 299 v MEC d icc prt 299 Chapter 25 jl coat ea 301 Z5 NPC LIGI ICI dieere rU nd i Ur op c ER ap UMS 301 PANUAIU DIE I pig WE ia a ata al aa a n 301 25 3 File Maintenance Over WAN siasueacccksiasse tte er veac a ci aa c cin el a ai 302 18 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 254 Fimware Upgrade SOIT coasdtenpcnnsdeptaisded as pd Fe br id dabant eda 302 20 3 Backup and TOES NUTUS 304 25 5 1 Backup Config elo insesi ao d a pa a a scopi a 305 28 9 2 R store Configuration 4o a d a a 305 25 5 2 Reset to Factory Delaulls iussssasuskebes et ada aa ta ab taca AARE d 307 OM Restat evoce 307 25 7 Using FIP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration 2 2 n enaeaa erant bnnc 308 25 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration 308 25 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example 308 25 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUl based FTP Clients 309 25 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TRIP nn casare cone aaa ana aaa ai aa sea 309 25 7 5 TFT
112. priority tags with this priority to voice traffic that it transmits RTP TOS Priority Enter the priority for RTP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to RTP traffic that it transmits Voice VLAN ID Select this if the ZyXEL Device has to be a member of a VLAN to communicate with the SIP server Ask your network administrator if you are not sure Enter the VLAN ID provided by your network administrator in the field on the right Your LAN and gateway must be configured to use VLAN tags Otherwise clear this field Chapter 11 Voice 163 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 56 SIP QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 11 Phone You can configure the volume echo cancellation and VAD settings for each individual phone port on the ZyXEL Device You can also select which SIP account to use for making outgoing calls 11 12 PSTN Line L models only With PSTN line you can make and receive regular PSTN phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call When the device does not have power you can make regular calls without dialing a prefix number Note When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls
113. remote gateway s new WAN IP address 17 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address If the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and does not use DDNS enter 0 0 0 0 as the secure gateway s address In this case only the remote secure gateway can initiate SAs This may be useful for telecommuters initiating a VPN tunnel to the company network seeSection 17 18 on page 244for configuration examples The Secure Gateway IP Address may be configured as 0 0 0 0 only when using IKE key management and not Manual key management 17 5 VPN Setup Screen The following figure helps explain the main fields in the web configurator Figure 120 IPSec Summary Fields Local Remote IP addresses IP addresses Local Remote EN Network Network E Remote IPSec Router VPN Tunnel My IP address Secure Gateway IP address Local and remote IP addresses must be static Click Security and VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a read only menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus Chapter 17 VPN Screens 223 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 121 VPN Setup Summary rss WE Banaba aaa eo rm ERES 7 cn 1 SESS Ee EE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 N oM om M m m m m cQ oco cw OO au N Gi Ud Gd GM GO Up CH GM Gp Up Up CM CH HQ UD Cp C CQ E B E E E E E E E E E
114. requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications 1 Go to www zyxel com 2 Select your product from the drop down list box on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page 4 Certifications P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Safety Warnings For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel can service the device Please contact your vendor for further information Use ONLY the dedicated power supply for your device Connect the power cord or power adaptor to the right supply voltage 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT use the device if the power supply is damaged as it might cause electrocution Ifthe power supply is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power supply Contact your local vendor to order a new power supply Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stu
115. the symbol in a SIP account like 11223344 SIPA Account com You can use up to 127 ASCII Extended set characters User Name This is the name used to register this SIP account with the SIP register server Type the user name exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 ASCII characters Password Type the password associated with the user name above You can use up to 95 ASCII Extended set characters Check here to set up SIP2 settings This screen configures SIP account 1 Select the check box if you have a second SIP account that you want to use You will need to configure the same fields for the second SIP account Note If you configure more than one SIP account you need to configure Analog Phone settings in Section 10 12 on page 134 to distinguish between the two accounts when you make and receive phone calls Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard without saving your settings 4 Your ZyXEL Device will attempt to register your SIP account with your VoIP service provider When your account is registered your PHONE 1 light will come on and you are ready to make and receive VoIP phone calls Figure 34 SIP Registration Test SIP Registration Test in Process Please wait a moment about 1 Seconds 5 This screen displays 1f SIP acco
116. the VoIP service provider is the domain name in a SIP URI For example if the SIP address is 1122334455 Q VoIP provider com then VoIP provider com is the SIP service domain 11 2 2 SIP Call Progression The following figure displays the basic steps in the setup and tear down of a SIP call A calls B Table 52 SIP Call Progression A B 1 INVITE gt 2 Ringing TR 3 OK 4 ACK gt 5 Dialogue voice traffic 6 BYE p 7 OK A sends a SIP INVITE request to B This message is an invitation for B to participate in a SIP telephone call 6 B sends a response indicating that the telephone is ringing 7 B sends an OK response after the call is answered 8 A then sends an ACK message to acknowledge that B has answered the call 9 Now A and B exchange voice media talk 10A fter talking A hangs up and sends a BYE request 11B replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated 11 2 3 SIP Servers SIP is a client server protocol A SIP client is an application program or device that sends SIP requests A SIP server responds to the SIP requests When you use SIP to make a VoIP call it originates at a client and terminates at a server A SIP client could be a computer or a SIP phone One device can act as both a SIP client and a SIP server 152 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA
117. the WLAN Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User define to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 259 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 102 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Bandwidth kbps Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule If you want to leave some bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth filter make sure that the interface s root class has more bandwidth than the sum of the bandwidths of the interface s bandwidth management rules Add Click this button to save your rule It displays in the following table This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination 0 means any destination port Priority This is the priority of this rule Bandwidth kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen
118. the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 13 5 2 Stateful Inspection on Your ZyXEL Device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet 188 Chapter 13 Firewalls P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator Note The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extreme caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief technical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL Device itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 13 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL Device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first
119. the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts 100 half open sessions per minute The above numbers cause the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute and to stop deleting half open sessions when fewer than 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 209 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 75 Firewall Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number
120. the flash key and then press 0 Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after it rings Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 11 15 2 3 European Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold Chapter 11 Voice 169 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 11 15 2 4 European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press 2 11 15 3 USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplem
121. they call you The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 11 8 on page 157 for more information Caller Ringing Select the tone you want people to hear when they call you You should setup Tone these tones using IVR first See Section 11 8 on page 157 for more information On Hold Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when you put them on hold The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add addi tional tones using IVR See Section 11 8 on page 157 for more information On Hold Tone Select the tone you want people to hear when you put them on hold You should setup these tones using IVR first See Section 11 8 on page 157 for more informa tion Chapter 11 Voice 161 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 55 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Back Click this to return to the SIP Settings screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 10 Quality of Service QoS 11 10 1 11 10 2 11 10 2 1 Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to provide bandwidth for real time multimedia applications Type Of Service ToS Network traffic can be
122. through use of a browser FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses TCP Transmission Control Protocol port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 Telnet Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems Telnet uses TCP port 23 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard 77 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION NetMeeting A multimedia communications product from Microsoft that enables groups to H 323 teleconference and videoconference over the Internet NetMeeting supports VoIP text chat sessions a whiteboard and file transfers and application sharing NetMeeting uses H 323 H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service H 323 is transported primarily over TCP
123. timeout m m Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 113 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or telnet can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system in this field New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type
124. to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 8 4 DHCP Setup Click Network gt DHCP Setup to open this screen Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 57 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP IP Pool Starting Address Pool Size Remote DHCP Server DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server 192 168 1 33 32 Obtained From ISP mall 0 0 0 Obtained From ISP x 0 0 0 0 Obtained From ISP Oo Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case
125. to negotiate SAs for IPSec Phase 1 IPSec SA Figure 125 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA In phase 1 you must Choose a negotiation mode Authenticate the connection by entering a pre shared key 234 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose a Diffie Hellman public key cryptography key group DH1 or DH2 Setthe IKE SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long an IKE SA should stay up before it times out An IKE SA times out when the IKE SA lifetime period expires If an IKE SA times out when an IPSec SA is already established the IPSec SA stays connected In phase 2 you must Choose which protocol to use ESP or AH for the IKE key exchange Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose whether to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS using Diffie Hellman public key cryptography see Section 17 12 3 on page 236 Select None the default to disable PFS Choose Tunnel mode or Transport mode Set the IPSec SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long the IPSec SA should stay up before it times out The ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if there is traffic when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires The ZyXEL Device also automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if both IPSec routers have keep alive enabled
126. to use to help forward data along to its specified destination The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which 1s not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer 112 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 8 3 Configuring LAN IP Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen See Section 8 1 on page 107 for background information Figure 55 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup
127. using the default port number 1720 VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Protocol SIP is an internationally recognized standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 VoIP H 323 Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol 5 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon Li in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen 78 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 2602H W
128. video image s changing dynamics Chapter 7 WAN Setup 97 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 7 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 7 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you turn on and connect the ZyXEL Device to a telephone jack it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Zero configuration for Internet access is disabled when the ZyXEL Device is in bridge mode you set the ZyXEL Device to use a static fixed WAN IP address 7 5 Internet Access Setup To change y
129. you will need to create custom rules to allow it 14 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 105 on page 200 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to Chapter 24 on page 295 for details 14 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 13 1 on page 181 for more information Figure 103 Firewall General General General IV Active Firewall M Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check WAN to LAN Drop z Iv LAN to WAN Permit 2 WAN to WAN Router Drop z Iv LAN to LAN Router Permit gt m Basic Cancel 196 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 70 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is
130. your SIP account address SIPA Account com is your SIP server domain SIP server address a b c d a b c d is the IP address or domain name of your SIP server Username VolPUser This is the username you use to login to your SIP account Password Password This is the password you use to login to your SIP account Figure 33 VoIP Wizard Configuration SIP Number SIP Server Address SIP Service Domain User Name Password The following table describes the labels in this screen ff VoIP Configuration 11223344 SIPA Account com VoIPUser Check here to set up SIP2 settings Lesa Apply exit Table 17 VolP Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Number Enter your SIP number in this field Use the number or text that comes before the symbol in a SIP account If your SIP account is 11223344 Q SIPA Account com your SIP number is 11223344 You can use up to 127 ASCII characters SIP Server Address Type the IP address or domain name of the SIP server in this field It doesn t matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server You can use up to 95 ASCII characters Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example 73 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 17 VolP Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name in this field the domain name that comes after
131. 00003 ISP s Name ChangeMe 40000004 Encapsulation 2 PPPOE 2 3 RFC 1483 4 PPPOA 5 ENET ENCAP gt 40000005 Multiplexing 1 LLC based 1 2 VC based 40000006 VPI 0 40000007 VCI d 35 40000008 Service Name Str any 40000009 My Login Str test pga 40000010 My Password lt Str gt 1234 40000011 Single User Account lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000012 IP Address Assignment lt 0 Static 1 D 1 ynamic gt 40000013 IP Address 0 0 0 0 40000014 Remote IP address 0 0 0 0 40000015 Remote IP subnet mask 0 40000016 ISP incoming protocol filter set 1 6 40000017 ISP incoming protocol filter set 2 256 40000018 ISP incoming protocol filter set 3 256 40000019 ISP incoming protocol filter set 4 256 40000020 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1 256 40000021 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2 256 40000022 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3 256 40000023 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 4 256 40000024 ISP PPPOE idle timeout 0 40000025 Route IP lt 0 No 1 l Yes 40000026 Bridge lt 0 No 0 l Yes 40000027 ATM QoS Type O CBR 1 1 UBR gt 40000028 Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 40000029 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 40000030 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 402 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 176 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued
132. 0105007 IP Static Route set 5 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 6 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 20106001 IP Static Route set 6 Name Str 120106002 IP Static Route set 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20106003 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20106004 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20106005 IP Static Route set 46 Gateway 0 0 0 0 20106006 IP Static Route set 6 Metric 0 20106007 IP Static Route set 6 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 7 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 120107001 IP Static Route set 7 Name Str 120107002 IP Static Route set 7 Active O No 1 Yes gt ex 404 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 12 continued 120107003 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120107004 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120107005 IP Static Route set 7 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120107006 IP Static Route set 7 Metric 0 20107007 IP Static Route set 7 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 8 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT 120108001 IP Static Route set 8 Name Str 120108002 IP Static Rout
133. 100 existing half open sessions The above values causes the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and to stop deleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete This is the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth 30 existing half open TCP sessions Action taken when the TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshol Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Select this radio button to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes Deny New Connection Request for Select this radio button and specify for how long the ZyXEL Device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 256 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 210 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 15 Content
134. 14 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login ROADRUNNER TCP UDP 1026 This is an ISP that provides services mainly for cable modems RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old way of transferring files between computers SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SMTPS TCP 465 This is a more secure version of SMTP that runs over SSL SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 The Simple Service Discovery Protocol supports Universal Plug and Play UPnP SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environ
135. 164 336 Single User Account SUA 44 SIP 151 SIP Account 151 SIP Accounts 40 SIP ALG 44 149 SIP ALG Passthrough 335 SIP Application Layer Gateway 41 149 SIP Call Progression 152 SIP Client 152 SIP Identities 151 SIP INVITE Request 152 SIP Number 73 151 SIP Proxy Server 153 SIP Redirect Server 154 SIP Register Server 154 SIP Server Address 73 SIP Servers 152 SIP Service Domain 74 152 SIP URI 151 SIP User Agent 153 SIP Version 2 336 SIP Authentication Password 74 SIP Authentication User ID 74 SMTP Error Messages 299 Smurf 185 186 SNMP 271 334 Manager 272 MIBs 272 SOHO Small Office Home Office 44 Source Address 195 Speed Dial 172 179 SPI 239 Splitters 339 SRA 334 Stateful Inspection 39 181 182 187 on Your ZyXEL Device 188 Process 188 Stateful Packet Inspection 335 Static Route 249 Storage Humidity 333 Storage Temperature 333 SUA 144 SUA Single User Account 144 SUA vs NAT 144 subnet 353 Subnet Mask 109 201 subnet mask 355 subnetting 355 Supplementary Phone Services 168 Supplementary Services 168 Supporting Disk 35 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 102 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 96 SYN Flood 184 185 SYN ACK 185 Syntax Conventions 35 Syslog 206 System Name 290 System Parameter Table Generator 395 System Timeout 268 n TCP Maximum Incomplete 208 209 TCP Security 189 TCP IP 183 184 Teardrop 184 Telephone 36 Telnet 269 Temperature 333 Temporal Key Inte
136. 164 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L ZyXEL Device LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device W to W ZyXEL Device WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device Table 165 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply Echo reply message Destination Unreachable Net unreachable Host unreachable Protocol unreachable Port unreachable amp A Ccj NKNInm oOo A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF Source route failed Source Quench A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network WI NITR O Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message Appendix Log Descriptions 387 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 165 ICMP Notes continued
137. 2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Phase 2 Active Protocol Use the drop down list box to choose from ESP or AH Encryption Algorithm This field is available when you select ESP in the Active Protocol field Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key 238 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 88 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA
138. 205002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210205003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210205004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210205005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210205006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 415 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210205007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210205008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210205009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210205010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port 0 210205011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210205013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210205014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 ilter set 2 rule 6 FI F PVA INPUT 210206001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210206002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210206003 IP F
139. 21314151 6 7 1 1819 110 11 12 13 30500004 RTS Threshold 0 2432 2432 30500005 FRAG Threshold 256 2432 2432 30500006 WEP lt 0 DISABLE 0 1 64 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 30500007 Default Key lt 1 213 4 gt 0 30500008 WEP Keyl 30500009 WEP Key2 30500010 WEP Key3 30500011 WEP Key4 30500012 Wlan Active lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt MENU 3 5 1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER FIN FN PVA INPUT 30501001 Mac Filter Active lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30501002 Filter Action lt 0 Allow 0 1 Deny gt 30501003 Address 1 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 30501004 Address 2 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 30501005 Address 3 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 Continued 30501034 Address 32 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 Table 176 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup Menu 4 Internet Access Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 401 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 176 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000001 ISP lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000002 Active lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 400
140. 230000000 System Password 1234 Menu 23 2 System security radius server FI FN PVA INPUT 230200001 Authentication Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt E 230200002 Authentication Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 230200003 Authentication Server IP Address 192 168 1 32 230200004 Authentication Server Port 1822 230200005 Authentication Server Shared Secret 111111111111 111 111111111111 1111 230200006 Accounting Server Configured O No 1 Yes gt zo 230200007 Accounting Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt j 230200008 Accounting Server IP Address 192 168 1 44 230200009 Accounting Server Port 1823 230200010 Accounting Server Shared Secret 1234 Menu 23 4 System security IEEE802 1x FI FN PVA INPUT 230400001 Wireless Port Control lt 0 Authentication 2 Required 1 No Access Allowed 2 No Authentication Required gt 230400002 ReAuthentication Timer in second 555 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 417 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 181 Menu 23 System Menus continued 230400003 Idle Timeout in second 999 230400004 Authentication Databases O Local User 1 Database Only 1 RADIUS Only 2 Local RADIUS 3 R
141. 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 140 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device 10 1 NAT Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 10 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this informati
142. 2H W L DxA Series User s Guide 82 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 6 Status Screens Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN and WAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts The Status screen also provides detailed information from Any IP and DHCP and statistics from VoIP bandwidth management and traffic 6 1 Status Screen Click Status to open this screen Figure 42 Status Screen Refresh Interval one s Apply Host Name System Uptime 0 11 41 Model Number P 2602HWL D1A Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 27 14 MAC Address 00 13 49 6a f2 4f System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version 3 40 ADQ 0 b7 04 03 2006 CPU Usage 6 76 DSL Firmware Version Oey pence UD Memory Usage EN 177 WAN Information DSL Mode NORMAL 2 IP Address 0 0 0 0 Interface Status IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 VPI VCI 8 35 LAN Information DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Address 192 168 1 1 LAN Up 100M Full Duplex IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server WLAN InActive N A WLAN Information SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Summary WEP Disable Security Firewall Enabled AnyIP Table Content Filter isable WLAN Status Bandwidth Status oIP Status SIP 1 Register Register Fail ChangeMe 127 0 0 1
143. 2H W L DxA Series User s Guide 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 25 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 182 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter Refer to Section 25 3 on page 302 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 9 3 TFTP File Upload The device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disabl
144. 36 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 8 2 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network setti
145. 4 IP Address 109 146 147 IP Address Assignment 95 ENET ENCAP 95 PPPoA or PPPoE 95 RFC 1483 95 IP Alias 42 IP Multicasting 334 IP Policy Routing IPPR 42 IP Pool 115 IP Pool Setup 108 IP Spoofing 184 187 IP to IP Calls 45 Index 423 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide IPSec 215 IPSec Algorithms 217 221 IPSec and NAT 218 IPSec Architecture 216 IPSec Passthrough 335 IPSec Standard 39 IPSec VPN Capability 39 ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network 38 ITSP 44 ITU T 164 ITU T G 992 1 317 J Jitter Buffer 40 K Keep Alive 225 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 195 L LAN Setup 93 107 LAN TCP IP 109 LAN to WAN Rules 196 LAND 184 185 Listening Port 161 Log Out 51 Logs 295 MAC Address Filter Action 136 MAC Filter 136 Management Information Base MIB 272 Maximize Bandwidth Usage 255 Maximum Burst Size MBS 97 102 Max incomplete High 208 Max incomplete Low 208 Media Bandwidth Management 40 Message Integrity Check MIC 369 Metric 96 Modem 36 Multicast 111 Multimedia 151 Multiple PVC Support 42 Multiple SIP Accounts 40 Multiple Voice Channels 40 Multiplexing 94 multiplexing 94 LLC based 94 VC based 94 Multiprotocol Encapsulation 94 My IP Address 222 N Nailed Up Connection 95 NAT 109 146 Application 143 Definitions 141 How it works 142 Mapping Types 143 What it does 142 What NAT does 142 NAT Network Address Translation 141 NAT mode 145 NAT
146. 68 bit Group 1 DH1 and 1024 bit Group 2 DH2 Diffie Hellman groups are supported Upon completion of the Diffie Hellman exchange the two peers have a shared secret but the IKE SA is not authenticated For authentication use pre shared keys Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Enabling PFS means that the key is transient The key is thrown away and replaced by a brand new key using a new Diffie Hellman exchange for each new IPSec SA setup With PFS enabled if one key is compromised previous and subsequent keys are not compromised because subsequent keys are not derived from previous keys The time consuming Diffie Hellman exchange is the trade off for this extra security This may be unnecessary for data that does not require such security so PFS is disabled None by default in the ZyXEL Device Disabling PFS means new authentication and encryption keys are derived from the same root secret which may have security implications in the long run but allows faster SA setup by bypassing the Diffie Hellman key exchange 17 13 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings Click Advanced in the Edit VPN Policies screen to open this screen 236 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 126 Advanced VPN Policies VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol o Enable Replay Detection no gt Local Start Part o Endjo Remote Start Port o EndjO Phasel Negotiation Mode Main gt Pre Shared Key Encryp
147. 7 7 3 1 2 Venable Bit Rate VBR j Luise see totam ecua ae a da 97 7 3 ee Unspeciived Bit Rate UBI uie isbec ea aort aia neta aa 98 7 4 Zero Configuration Internet ACOBBS issues re eret rrr axes it i i cl eno 98 Fo MEET ACCESS SOLU sasa aa ta asa dt a a a eia dira Da E pK Che I RR Li die 98 7 5 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup nenea eee ea anna 101 Kg WAN IRI Is ec DIR O RR E N 102 fa Dat GUONBDE stiai tai otet a i al ip n a 0 n 103 TO WAN EX ERORI A SB stai emanat ela a aan aia N aaa A AEE AINAS 105 Chapter 8 LAN SED sic ai a dees ca ii a n teins Da a 0 pace a tau a d 107 G1 LAN ER 7 A aaa aan aceata c a ea a art tor aid aaa e ata e aie ai 107 8 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device c nenea anna 107 Cka DPCP SOUD erc EE 108 e ae aig Ul Saal 19 6 SEDI ae aa o ai na aco levet a 108 8 1 3 DNS Server Address 2i rere ii aa ta aa ce RR a Aa 108 8 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment eec aaa a 109 ORAN D rec m 109 8 2 1 IP Address and Subnet MASK iue rire E o Herb UE RUE ERE cad 109 8 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses sn saca aan t anii aa a s be evade pcdes 110 NE diui ec a da Dad d 0 au e aa ll 110 B PIMC AST ace ace o loa a gl i ca alea NE 111 cEGET DU M ae oare iai at ed e A 111 8 24 1 How Any IP WOKS cota atace nea nai a hd i pic ia na a 112 5 4 Conigunng LAN IP e ti a t i i a i at 113 8 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup see sea c min ta n d ta KA
148. 7 0 0 1 UDP N A N A SIP2 Register Fail N A changemeQ127 0 0 1 UDP e N A N A Call Statistics Phone ook status codec Peer Number Duration merkte apte Tx 8 5 Rx 8 5 Phonei On N A N A N A 0 00 00 Phone On N A N A N A 0 00 00 gt Poll Interval s b sec Chapter 6 Status Screens 89 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Each field is described in the following table Table 25 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You can change this in the Status screen Registered The SIP account is registered with a SIP server Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Last Registration This field displays the last time you successfully registered the SIP account It displays N A if you never successfully registered this account URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Protocol This field displays the transport protocol the SIP account uses S
149. 72 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 18 Speed Dial Screen You have to create speed dial entries if you want to make peer to peer calls or call SIP numbers that use letters You can also create speed dial entries for frequently used SIP phone numbers Use this screen to add edit or remove speed dial numbers for outgoing calls To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial Figure 95 Phone Book gt Speed Dial Speed Dial Speed Dial Speed Dial Number Name Type Use Proxy eo C Non Proxy Use IP or URL Speed Dial Phone Book Speed Dial Number Name Destination Modify 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 EP fii g w g m E w EP fii E w E n E fi E w g w Each field is described in the following table Table 63 Phone Book gt Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Use this section to create or edit speed dial entries Speed Dial Select the speed dial number you want to use for this phone number Number Enter the SIP number you want the ZyXEL Device to call when you dial the speed dial number Name Enter a name to identify the party you call when you dial the speed dial number You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters Type Select Use Proxy if you want to use one of your SIP accounts to call this phone number Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL if you want to use a different SIP server or if you want to m
150. 9 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 99 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps 19 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities Traffic with a higher priority gets through faster while traffic with a lower priority is dropped if the network 1s congested The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through an interface Table 100 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY DESCRIPTION High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay Mid Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is t
151. ADIUS Local gt 230400005 Key Management Protocol 0 8021x 1 WPA 0 2 WPAPSK gt 230400006 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange lt 0 Disable 1 64 0 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 230400007 PSK 230400008 WPA Mixed Mode 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt 230400009 Data Privacy for Broadcast lt 0 TKIP 1 WEP gt 0 Multicast packets 230400010 WPA Broadcast Multicast Key Update 0 Timer Table 182 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control Menu 24 11 Remot anagement Control FIN FE PVA INPUT 241100001 TELNET Server Port 23 241100002 TELNET Server Access O all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan 241100003 T ET Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100004 FTP Server Port 21 241100005 FTP Server Access O all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan 241100006 IP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access O all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 418 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Command Examples The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device s command interpreter commands Table 183 Command Examples FIN FN PVA INPUT ci command for annex a wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD O glite 1 ti1 413 3 12 gdmt 3 multim ode ci command for annex B wan adsl opencmd
152. AT routers between the two IPSec routers s Figure 122 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers Normally you cannot set up an IKE SA with a NAT router between the two IPSec routers because the NAT router changes the header of the IPSec packet NAT traversal solves the problem by adding a UDP port 500 header to the IPSec packet The NAT router forwards the IPSec packet with the UDP port 500 header unchanged In Figure 122 on page 226 when IPSec router A tries to establish an IKE SA IPSec router B checks the UDP port 500 header and IPSec routers A and B build the IKE SA For NAT traversal to work you must Use ESP security protocol in either transport or tunnel mode Use IKE keying mode Enable NAT traversal on both IPSec endpoints Set the NAT router to forward UDP port 500 to IPSec router A Finally NAT is compatible with ESP in tunnel mode because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which 1s unchanged by a NAT device The compatibility of AH and ESP with NAT in tunnel and transport modes is summarized in the following table Table 82 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport Y ESP Tunnel Y 226 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Y This is supported in the ZyXEL Device if you enable NAT traversal 17 8 Remote DNS Server In cases whe
153. Alert O Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN 206 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 112 Firewall Example Rules MyService Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 ovii 100 Packet Direction waN to LAN gt Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 Add 1 v Any 100010 100 015 gt MyService TCPIUDP 123 gt Permit No No EP l PN Apply Cancel 14 8 DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 14 8 3 on page 209 to configure thresholds 14 8 4 Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU
154. D arrangement for classes A B and C Table 133 Classes of IP Addresses IP ADDRESS OCTET 1 OCTET 2 OCTET 3 OCTET 4 Class A Network number Host ID Host ID Host ID Class B Network number Network number Host ID Host ID Class C Network number Network number Network number Host ID An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 for example Therefore to determine the total number of hosts allowed in a network deduct two as shown next A class C address 1 host octet 8 host bits can have 28 2 or 254 hosts A class B address 2 host octets 16 host bits can have 216 2 or 65534 hosts A class A address 3 host octets 24 host bits can have 274 2 hosts or approximately 16 million hosts IP Address Classes and Network ID The value of the first octet of an IP address determines the class of an address Class A addresses have a 0 in the leftmost bit Class B addresses have a 1 in the leftmost bit and a 0 in the next leftmost bit Class C addresses start with 1 1 0 in the first three leftmost bits Class D addresses begin with 1 1 1 0 Class D addresses are used for multicasting which is used to send information to groups of computers There is also a class E It is reserved for future use The following table shows the all
155. DH Key Groups sacer etu bt xr rat a ern 236 TT 12 9 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS ceia soi iata ee ri a Fre Pea abr rece a dun 236 1743 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings ccce eerte aaa an aa a aaa 236 17 14 Manual Koy Sap T 239 17 14 1 Security Parameter Index SPI sii ea era aaa parade ed ea 239 17 15 Contigumig Manual KOy 1 toac tt a ate pi 239 17 16 Viewing SA MONOT ona ara ea a pia i i ai ia aa d 242 1747 Configuring Global Seting inca aa aaonaa anna aaa aaa ae ai ee a a ai 244 16 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples i rerit reete rhe a ono 244 17 18 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example 244 17 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example 245 17 19 VPN and Remote Management nica secetei ete rta ERE td tin 247 Chapter 18 Statie ROUTO m dia 249 TO IIe SONIS aosisnddtu Cana ist aa tac ard aa ina SM Mna ada 249 18 2 Conigurnng SIUC ROUE c ei ta pi Ferte ooa ei tt e ei 249 182 1 Statie RONE ERIE P a cota a ata e tai dala 250 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 2 csccsecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeneeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenees 253 19 1 Bandwidth Management Overview 1 oana aaa ne na ti d2 253 19 2 Application based Bandwidth Management ssssssss 253 19 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management ccssscccce
156. DSL2 Glite bis G 992 4 ADSL 2 2 AnnexM ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC 2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 Multiple PPPoE VC based and LLC based multiplexing Up to 8 PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits 1 610 F4 F5 OAM Zero configuration Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols DHCP Server Client Relay RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB Il support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy UPnP Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter SNMP v1 amp v2c with MIB II Embedded FTP TFTP Server for firmware upgrade and configuration file backup and restore Telnet for remote management Remote Management Control Telnet FTP Web SNMP and DNS VoIP Auto provisioning via TFTP HTTP HTTPS Remote Firmware Upgrade Syslog 334 Appendix A Product Specifications P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 131 Firmware Specifications continued Wireless W models only IEEE 802 11g Compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz ISM Band Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps 11Mbps 5 5Mbp
157. E PPTP or dial up call is connected s C02 OutCall Connected d s boar call d d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected s C02 Call Terminated sd Table 159 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening Ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP Starting The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing 384 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 160 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 161 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s block keyword The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword s The system forwarded web content For type and code details see Table 165 on page 387 Table 162 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION a
158. EEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time that the ZyXEL Device transmits IEEE 802 11g wireless traffic only Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks while a Threshold larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy Roaming If you have two or more ZyXEL Devices or other wireless access points on your wireless network you can enable this option so that wireless devices can change locations without having to log in again This is useful for devices such as notebooks that move around a lot 9 5 General WLAN Screen Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the Wireless LAN General screen Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 125 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 62 Wireless LAN General Wireless Setup O Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID Hide SSID Channel Selection Security Security Mode Apply zy XEL Channel 06 2437MHz No Security Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 36 W
159. EL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session Min SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on an expiration time for idle sessions This field is the shortest expiration time that the ZyXEL Device accepts RTP Port Range Start Port End Port Enter the listening port number s for RTP traffic if your VoIP service provider gave you this information Otherwise keep the default values To enter one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To enter a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Voice Compres sion Select the type of voice coder decoder codec that you want the ZyXEL Device to use G 711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth 64 kbps e GT711Ais typically used in Europe e G711uis typically used in North America and Japan In contrast G 729 only requires 8 kbps The ZyXEL Device must use the same codec as the peer When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on a codec Primary Compres sion Type Select the ZyXEL Device s first choice for voice coder decoder Secondary Com
160. EL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Interval When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic Chapter 7 WAN Setup 105 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 29 WAN Backup Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Activ
161. Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls You can also use the PSTN Line screen to specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like those for contacting police fire or emergency medical services 11 12 1 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD detects whether or not speech is present This lets the ZyXEL Device reduce the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting silent packets when you are not speaking 11 12 2 Comfort Noise Generation When using VAD the ZyXEL Device generates comfort noise when the other party is not speaking The comfort noise lets you know that the line is still connected as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection 11 12 3 Echo Cancellation G 168 is an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk 164 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 13 Analog Phone Screen Use this screen to control which SIP accounts and PSTN line each phone uses To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 91 Phone Analog Phone Analog Phone Outgoing Call Use M siPi srp2 M sipi M siP2 M PSTN Line Phone Port Settings Phonet Incoming Call apply to Apply
162. Example nn carea cea caca nnd o opa aaa aaa ME tr tn ia 397 Command EX AIM PIES c sea vant dolar ut eat ai cau Rad pa iata eh la ta aie ei 419 421 22 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 1 internet Access ADDICHNONE 1t esc eii pa Fabi red Bia nt DAR RARE 44 Figure 2 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application 45 Figure Poor to poer Calig si a aaneei aa amana aaa aaa co cere ae a EE bte a Rape eue ae aia 45 Figure 4 Firewall App SON 1 iiid te beet tt FERE ed FER espe ERE Ea las a E naa 46 Figure 5 LANAG LAN Applicaton uiii riy bete RO pREE Pc rb abe ve sa EERRC Rai 46 Foure E LEDS scana a a o Cd Di a d Ci da a a i a DA i ii 47 Figure 7 Password DODGQP a i antena atlet a Da a aa ai Ea a 50 Figure 8 Change Password STERGE cast na ceea a d a ta DA aa Da 50 Figure 9 Wizard or Advanced DSOFEBIT sacii tan i e 0 d a 51 UENIRE a a D TOI 52 Figure 11 Selecta Mode m 57 Figure Ta Wizard VIGIGOIMO coc pc Ain cuc a Dra aa Ea 3 rai i 58 Figure 19 Auto Detection No DSL Connection stoca mata red aas ee ra m ic Do i hit DEL vana EE Febris 58 Figure 14 uto Delecuon PPPOE ses vonsacanee race cete Enc rh i BEA x aae p dia biet a 59 Figure 15 Auto Detection Faleg ce cui oic ihn peni ai a c a EA KIA a ia a 59 Figure 16 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters nn ceea neaga ana a aaa 60 Figure 17 Internet Connection wi
163. HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Remote Start Port is left at O End will also remain at 0 Phase 1 Chapter 17 VPN Screens 237 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 88 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or AES from the drop down list box
164. ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Telecommuter A telecommutera dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuter1 com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Address 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN 2myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 246 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 19 VPN and Remote Management If a VPN tunnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote Management to allow access for that service Chapter 17 VPN Screens 247 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 248 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H
165. ION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Appendix E Wireless LANs 365 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless stations RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps trac
166. IP SIP SIP Settings Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Voice over IP settings QoS Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Quality of Service settings for VoIP Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 53 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 6 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Phone Analog Phone Use this screen to set which phone ports use which SIP accounts Common Use this screen to configure general phone port settings Region Use this screen to select your location and call service mode Phone Book Incoming Call Use this screen to configure call forwarding Policy Speed Dial Use this screen to configure speed dial for SIP phone numbers that you call often PSTN Line General Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for PSTN calls L models only Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the default action to take on network traffic going in specific directions Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Anti Probing Use this screen to set whether or not your device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available Threshold Use this screen to configure the thresholds for determining when to drop sessions that do not become fully established Content Filter Keyword Use this scree
167. IP accounts always use UDP Message Waiting This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for the SIP account Last Incoming This field displays the last number that called the SIP account It displays N A if no Number number has ever dialed the SIP account Last Outgoing This field displays the last number the SIP account called It displays N A if the SIP Number account has never dialed a number Call Statistics Phone This field displays each phone port in the ZyXEL Device Hook This field indicates whether the phone is on the hook or off the hook On The phone is hanging up or already hung up Off The phone is dialing calling or connected Status This field displays the current state of the phone call N A There are no current VoIP calls incoming calls or outgoing calls being made DIAL The callee s phone is ringing RING The phone is ringing for an incoming VoIP call Process There is a VoIP call in progress DISC The callee s line is busy the callee hung up or your phone was left off the hook Codec This field displays what voice codec is being used for a current VoIP call through a phone port Peer Number This field displays the SIP number of the party that is currently engaged in a VoIP call through a phone port Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets t
168. IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 128 entries in this table After you click Apply the MAC address and IP address also display in the LAN Static DHCP screen where you can edit them Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table 8 6 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets Note Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Chapter 8 LAN Setup 117 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 59 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Interface os C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 gt Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias to open the following screen Use this screen to change
169. Internet IP address assigned by ISP B 192 168 1 34 irm 146 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 10 5 Configuring Port Forwarding Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Appendix F on page 371 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 81 Port Forwarding Default Server Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Service Name Ww 7 E TE E eT 0 0 0 0 Add Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 49 Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server for the specifie
170. Jil Y Connector Microfilter Wall Side Phone Side ZyXEL Device With ISDN This section relates to people who use their ZyXEL Device with ADSL over ISDN digital telephone service only The following is an example installation for the ZyXEL Device with ISDN Figure 199 ZyXEL Device with ISDN ISDN NT Ethernet m TR Prestige 340 Appendix B Splitters and Microfilters P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window Appendix C Set
171. LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 28 Wireless LAN Setup 3 fa Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process aci amp ex 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Note No wireless LAN settings display if you chose not to configure wireless LAN settings Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 69 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 29 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet Wi tup config
172. Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Ty
173. NS Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 104 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup 265 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 266 Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 21 Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 21 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface 1f any from which computers Note When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via nternet
174. ON Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 8 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL Device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 275 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Note If you want your device to respond to pings and requests for unauthorized services you may also need to configure the firewall anti probing settings to match Fig
175. P 2602HW L Series 802 119 Wireless ADSL2 VoIP IAD P 2602H Series ADSL2 VoIP IAD User s Guide Version 3 40 7 2006 Edition 1 ZyXEL P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Copyright Copyright O 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Copyright P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement This devic
176. P Address e IBM1 192 168 1 33 11 22 33 44 55 66 iv 2 192 168 1 34 AA BB CC DD EE FF iv 3 9 HP 192 168 1 99 AA BBICCIKKI FF GG C Apply Reset Refresh 116 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address that you will also specify MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s
177. P Command Configuration Backup Example 310 25 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients 310 25 8 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration nn aaa a aa i 310 25 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example 0 ccccesssccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 311 25 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads 311 25 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 311 25 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 312 209 3 MIN Anco E 312 25 84 TRIP Upload Command Example i25 ouai ent e berto E et 313 Chapter 26 BID A 315 29 1 isi Dano ceace ceea asc date CIO ea ba Qd EON a e ea 315 ZO G DSL Line DISSE mccain ot a aa pi i c t ROBO 315 Chapter 27 TronbissH DN TOv ia ca aa a EEP VE M aia a tit a nai ea RS Fa t 319 27 1 Problems Starting Up the ZyXEL Device sse 319 27 2 Problems with he LAN uiua ie ase bete b bdo vid hori de tendi ada d d ES REEL GI i 319 21 3 Problems with de WAN esses era ced Led PER eran e e FE E piace Henn ai el an 320 27 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL Device eeesseeeee reet nennt 321 27 4 1 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 321 27 4 1 1 Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers sssssssss
178. P information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 8 LAN Setup 119 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 120 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 9 Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks This chapter applies to the W
179. P service Circuit switched telephone networks require 64 kilobits per second Kbps in each direction to handle a telephone call VoIP can use advanced voice coding techniques with compression to reduce the required bandwidth 11 2 SIP The Session Initiation Protocol SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions The media that is exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the signaling SIP handles telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit switched telephone networks 11 2 1 SIP Identities A SIP account uses an identity sometimes referred to as a SIP address A complete SIP identity 1s called a SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier A SIP account s URI identifies the SIP account in a way similar to the way an e mail address identifies an e mail account The format of a SIP identity is SIP Number SIP Service Domain 11 2 1 1 SIP Number The SIP number is the part of the SIP URI that comes before the symbol A SIP number can use letters like in an e mail address johndoe your ITSP com for example or numbers like a telephone number 1122334455 VoIP provider com for example Chapter 11 Voice 151 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 2 1 2 SIP Service Domain The SIP service domain of
180. PA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key 9 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEU s OTIST you set up the SSID and the encryption WEP or WPA PSK on the ZyXEL Device Then the ZyXEL Device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every device in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL Device when you activate it See section 9 6 on page 133 for more details 9 3 Wireless Performance Overview The following sections introduce different ways to improve the performance of the wireless network 9 3 1 Quality of Service QoS You can turn on Wi Fi MultiMedia WMM QoS to improve the performance of voice and video applications in the wireless network QoS gives high priority to voice and video which makes them run more smoothly Similarly it gives low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications 124 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 4 Additional Wireless T
181. PI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the LAN Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN Relay The ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it WLAN Information W models only SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the type of security mode the ZyXEL Device is using in the wireless 84 Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 21 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Click this to
182. PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you Chapter 7 WAN Setup 99 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 26 Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address i
183. Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Chapter 17 VPN Screens 233 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 12 Table 87 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications b
184. R SA UE EIE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 192 168 1 191 Table 143 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 192 168 1 192 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 358 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table shows class C IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 144 Eight Subnets BROADCAST SUBNET SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS LAST ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 The following table is a summary for class C subnet planning Table 145 Class C Subnet Planning NO BORROWED HOST NO HOSTS PER BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 255 255 255 128 25 255 255 255 192 26 62 255 255 255 224
185. S gcs qa 47 Table 5 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar 53 Table 6 Navigation Panel SUMMAN see sau c sata a be teet irt etta i a t db Ends 53 Table 7 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters mceee nenea 60 Tables lotemet Connection With PPPOE semaca iara ag a dati E a a i aaa bei 61 Table 9 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 onoare aaa a 62 Table 10 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP seen 63 Table 11 Internet Connection with PPPOA si aceeasi aaa ode EE at Loud a2 PUES vx ll ai ni 63 Table 12 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard Y 2 oio ttem Hia eae xe aa LR a 66 Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard Z 1 rrt aie al e o Ra ans a EENAA 66 Table 14 Manually Assign a WPA Key 1 eriecseeeii iier esee tator ou aa aaa ar daia aa dd aaa 68 Table 15 Manually Assign a WEP Kay ius sanatati aa tata 69 Table 16 Sample SIP Account Information 1c err en RR cea ERE a AE RENI n E ia a mea 73 Table 17 VoF Vyigard CORB BUDE aia au pu ap de 73 Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services 77 Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ssusssssss 80 Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Service Configuration sssussss 81 BESEFWAESTULRer Mettre 84 Table 22 ug tm 87 Table 23 WLAN SEUS a ci ocina aa Fb an pU OR ae i Leda Rob e ott tradidi ci puce D UR 87 Table 24 Packet SIAUSUCS e coana caine a ad mae luisse tele PN Ra i
186. Sec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address Content When you select IP in the Local ID Type field type the IP address of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses
187. Series User s Guide 11 2 3 1 SIP User Agent A SIP user agent can make and receive VoIP telephone calls This means that SIP can be used for peer to peer communications even though it is a client server protocol In the following figure either A or B can act as a SIP user agent client to initiate a call A and B can also both act as a SIP user agent to receive the call Figure 84 SIP User Agent SSS Le i LA 4 i LL B A 11 2 3 2 SIP Proxy Server A SIP proxy server receives requests from clients and forwards them to another server In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 The client device A in the figure sends a call invitation to the SIP proxy server B 2 The SIP proxy server forwards the call invitation to C Figure 85 SIP Proxy Server Chapter 11 Voice 153 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 2 3 3 SIP Redirect Server A SIP redirect server accepts SIP requests translates the destination address to an IP address and sends the translated IP address back to the device that sent the request Then the client device that originally sent the request can send requests to the IP address that it received back from the redirect server Redirect servers do not initiate SIP requests In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 Client device A sends a ca
188. Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 274 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 21 7 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to Chapter 8 on page 107 for background information To change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Figure 147 Remote Management DNS q Note DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN amp WAN gt Secured Client IP G all Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 110 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTI
189. Setup Active Name IPSec Key Mode Negotiation Mode Encapsulation Mode DNS Server for IPSec VPN Local Local Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information Local ID Type Content My IP Address Peer ID Type Content Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol VPN Protocol Pre Shared Key Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm Keep Alive Apply KE 3 wan gt mme z pooo Single 7 0 0 0 0 c 0 0 0 Single 0 0 0 0 fo 0 0 0 ESP o pes gt SHAN Cancel NAT Traversal ml The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 87 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet leaves the firewall Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work 230 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 87 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION NAT Traversal This function is available if the VPN protoc
190. TCP IP gt 210105002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt E 210105003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210105004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210105005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Subnet Mask 0 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 411 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 179 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 continued 210105006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 210105007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210105008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src IP Address 0 0 0 0 210105009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Subnet Mask 0 210105010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port 0 210105011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210105013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210105014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Not Match lt 1 Check Next 1 2 Forward 3 Dro p Menu 21 1 1 6 set 1 rule 6 FIN F PVA INPUT 210106001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Type 2 TCP IP gt 2 210106002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt F 210106003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210106004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210106005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Subne
191. Tablo B0 VIPIE SA MISBIEOI diuinam a ata oo E AR di ati tu P eo ap A 243 Table O1 VPN Global Soning uio ood Cancion Lega tu a gode Senna e 244 Table 92 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eese 245 Table 93 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example eee 246 Table St Statie ROME e caii T P 250 Table 95 Statie Roule Edil cica ca aaa a pa e aaa a d 3 a a at 3 251 Table 96 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example 254 Table 97 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example c ccccsseeccccceteeescccceenerescanenaeeeaccnenaaeence 256 Table 98 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 256 Table 99 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 257 Table 100 Bandwidth Management Priorities nani acea anna a 257 Table 101 Media Bandwidth Management Summary seen 258 Table 102 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup cccccsseccccceeteeccccereeseeceeeeeneecceceneneaaae 259 Table 103 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration nenea nnnaaaee 261 Table T0 Dynami DNS a caine aaa aa ia i a a TEN 264 Table 105 Remote Management WWW ness nnnacee nameno mmm man a aaa ba nai aaa 269 Table 106 Remote Management Telnet nn cae aaa d ar a dr a d aes 270 Table 107 Remote Management FTP cun eneeenaenneeeaaa eee na nnne ttt annua nita a dena sita aaa 271 Table 108 SNMP WARS d e
192. Timeout 3600 _ In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 39 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 PSK Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK simultaneously Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Timer in seconds Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval
193. Translation NAT Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 10 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks Figure 78 NAT Application With IP Alias LAN1 192 168 1 X Server in Network Server Admin Network Admin 192 168 1 1 IP 1 IGA 1 m Corporation B T 192 168 1 1 Serverin Sales Network IP 2 IGA 2 LAN2 192 168 2 X Network Server Sales 192 168 2 1 NT Server 192 168 2 1 Server in R amp D Network LANS 192 168 3 X gt s IP 3 IGA 3 Network Server R amp D 192 168 3 1 LAN Addresses Default IPs 68 1 1 NT Server 3 gt 192 168 2 1 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 1 10 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEU s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Ma
194. ZyXEL Device to detect the speed of incoming transmissions and adjust appropriately without manual intervention It allows data transfer of either 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps in either half duplex or full duplex mode depending on your Ethernet network The ports are also auto crossover MDI MDI X meaning they automatically adjust to either a crossover or straight through Ethernet cable High Speed Internet Access The ZyXEL Device is ideal for high speed Internet browsing and making LAN to LAN connections to remote networks The ZyXEL Device is compatible with the ADSL ADSL2 ADSL2 standards Maximum data rates attainable for each standard are shown in the next table Table 2 ADSL Standards DATARATESTANDARD UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM ADSL 832 kbps 8Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 12Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 24Mbps Note If your ZyXEL Device does not support Annex M the maximum ADSL2 2 upstream data rate is 1 2 Mbps ZyXEL Devices which work over ISDN do not support Annex M The standard your ISP supports determines the maximum upstream and downstream speeds attainable Actual speeds attained also depend on the distance from your ISP line quality etc 38 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide PSTN Line L models only You can connect a PSTN line to your device You can receive incoming PSTN phone calls even while someone else is making VoIP phone calls You can dial a prefix
195. a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 290 Chapter 23 System P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 23 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 165 System Time Setting Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time Current Date Time and Date Setup Manual New Time hh mm ss New Date yyyy mm dd C Get from Time Server Time Protocol Time Server Address Time Zone Setup Time Zone O Daylight Savings Start Date 00 52 08 2000 01 01 GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London z First sunday z of Januar 2000 01 02 at o clock First z sunday z of January 2000 01 02 at o clock Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 114 System Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Date Current Time and Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the Z
196. a cca i 79 List of Figures 23 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information 80 Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Service Configuration sssssss 80 Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete mean 81 ds 42 SAWS SOREN Meme re 83 is e FSI s 86 Figure 44 WLAN SHRUB on coma 87 Figure 45 Packet SAS BOS tau nat cae Tm 88 Fibre 46 XP So tout NU e m 89 Figure 47 Example of Tisi Shaping css trapa t ep ta pl coin dpi tii 97 Figure 48 Internet Access Setup PPPOE mmcneeeeeeeoene ea anna ea ana eese seit aa nani nn nnne 99 Figure 49 Advanced Internet Access Setup lt ccni cecene cina aaneeeoeaaa anna eee eee ceea aa ea e 101 Figure 50 WAN More Connecting pna ostatici 330 NE ru 103 az 51 Desi Redirect E Sant tT 104 Figure 52 Traffic Redirect LAN SOME sia cai coana ata i i a i pa 104 Figure 53 LAN and WAN IP Addresses mmnnneeeoeeee eee eee eee amane eea nana nana aaa ae 107 Foawe Se Arii IP aN tata eat i ca i pn d BA a 112 xo n i LIN IP seaca a ceda dada ra 0050030300 0 tc tens 113 Figure 56 Advanced LAN Setup si iata ca at oa io bel a 114 Figure S7 DHCP Sep cite ceea aaa d tu a a 115 ax pA LAN PRI am ct eta etala i ac ei pa 116 Figure 59 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks ce nenea e
197. abf aa th ar cra ni a 83 cp PU IP TOBE cs inotatoare a a a E i 0 86 5 3 WLAN Status W models ONIY sua asocia i piele 87 OA Packat SiS eS inoan OH IMEEM dac a ae la aia 87 6 5 VOIP SAU SOS ana dip Costes Sek Eh Fr ebraica Corp den Pol b Cota bx S su Di f uda 89 Chapter 7 Pi E income M TET 93 FANE EE TES Se QT T Tc 93 PA ENCAOSUPANOD car esa a de sasa pa i oa at asa d Di n ad aa ii 93 TL TDI EMET ENI AR 12 zat HR ta eei d edt 93 3141 2 ERE orvo Eome Lu ce laica ca tal moaca ala et be orum coe bte ala c alta 93 Pol PRPO tasenccitneiiccuntebu tameii n i dul a d dt Pa HMM A dn de a bi eul 94 NI Pie DC NR om aviatie un d etala olita ai e Cola acas asul 94 P esr 94 Fols VC ased Multiplexing dieta er lnc inl pi Da a ccn ei a lone 94 7 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing casa ba iin ai ob i aci aa 94 pese SPD ie irl ee tpm 94 10 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide ERE SIESSCCOMecpp M 95 7 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation 95 7 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation 95 7 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation 95 741 9 Nailed Up Connection OPEP acarieni soba ce P nb te cit 95 EK I RH 95 D 3 ls peer Pup PNSNE 96 DESEE 1 0 TEE 1 Re OA Ree 96 EXHI MI uDIE el m 97 7 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR 22 cach prae aa a n aaa aS 9
198. able 128 Troubleshooting Accessing Your Device mmm nana ana nana 321 Table 129 Troubleshooting Telephone d cT 329 Table 130 Devibe Special f IS iicanciesuuc cai ama e ia a e ata cate dp a eat d Tubi bee E ciui E epe dE 333 Table 131 Fimnware Specifications sisareni a ta a a Koen td ia Dia k ta LESSER VERB te 334 Table 132 P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications 336 Table 133 Classes of IP AddrossoS ame eat ta d oxi p o da doce Fen ti los 354 Table 134 Allowed IP Address Range By Class seme 354 Table 135 Natural Mask d 355 Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation mmm nene nene eee manea nana ae mana 355 Table 137 Two Subnet Example scai se ii aa aa EH E TRA n ca SS ERR UE 356 Table TSS Sb uM 356 i le IEI OSII a er 357 I xL sb ocu L estic aa lada ta i cad pl iba a tat 357 Tele TET SUBE Ze cecene area dt tut ni ct ERA BEAR AERE ei 358 BE rop p TT H 358 Table 13 GUDNET A M GS9S X X 358 Table 144 EU UTE aaa 359 Table 145 Class C Subnet CD ai aaa ine aa pa aia na i p a 359 Table 146 Class B Subnet Planning nasca maia ae M 360 Tello TF Ie E RORIS TU sta cca ia oa ce ta ani i ti Gh enlaces La i ta a 365 Table 148 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types 2 c cccecceceeeeeeseeeeenneeeeeeeeeees 369 Table 149 Wireless Security Relational Matrix
199. ack up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer 25 5 2 Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 120 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process Note Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress Chapter 25 Tools 305 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 174 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when
200. acket except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Client ACK Server 184 Chapter 13 Firewalls P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system
201. act you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 20 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 20 2 on page 263 for configuration instruction 20 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 20 1 on page 263 for more information Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup 263 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 140 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Host Name User Name Password Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Servi
202. acy 43 WEP Encryption 129 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA 43 Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering 43 WLAN Interference 363 Security Parameters 370 WWW 139 Z Zero Configuration Internet Access 39 Zero configuration Internet access 98 ZyNOS 3 302 ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System 301 ZyNOS F W Version 302 ZyXEL Network Operating System 3 ZyXEL s Firewall Introduction 182 Index 427
203. address 120103004 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 IP subnetmask Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 403 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 12 continued 120103005 IP Static Route set 3 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120103006 IP Static Route set 43 Metric 0 120103007 IP Static Route set 3 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 4 IP Static Route Setup EI F PVA INPUT 20104001 IP Static Route set 4 Name Str 20104002 IP Static Route set 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20104003 IP Static Route set 4 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20104004 IP Static Route set 4 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20104005 IP Static Route set 4 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120104006 IP Static Route set 4 Metric 0 120104007 IP Static Route set 4 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 5 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 20105001 IP Static Route set 5 Name Str 120105002 IP Static Route set 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20105003 IP Static Route set 5 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20105004 IP Static Route set 45 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20105005 IP Static Route set 5 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120105006 IP Static Route set 5 Metric 0 12
204. afresh 19 8 1 Rule Configuration Click the Edit icon or User define in the Service field to configure a bandwidth management rule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets Figure 138 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration Rule Configuration Rule Name Www BW Budget 10 Kbps Priority High v use All Managed Bandwidth Filter Configuration Service User defined Destination Address noo0 Destination Subnet Netmask nooo0 Destination Port r Source Address 0 0 0 0 Source Subnet Netmask noo Source Port so Protocol TCP gt s Apply Cancel 260 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide See Appendix F on page 371 for a list of commonly used services The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 103 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Bandwidth Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandw
205. ake a peer to peer call In this case enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or the other party in the field below Add Click this to use the information in the Speed Dial section to update the Speed Dial Phone Book section Chapter 11 Voice 173 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 63 Phone Book Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Phone Book Use this section to look at all the speed dial entries and to erase them Speed Dial This field displays the speed dial number you should dial to use this entry Number This field displays the SIP number the ZyXEL Device calls when you dial the speed dial number Name This field displays the name of the party you call when you dial the speed dial number Destination This field is blank if the speed dial entry uses one of your SIP accounts Otherwise this field shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or other party This field corresponds with the Type field in the Speed Dial section Modify Use this field to edit or erase the speed dial entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this speed dial entry into the Speed Dial section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this speed dial entry Clear Click this to erase all the speed dial entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 19 Incoming Call Policy Screen
206. alls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL Device firewall 13 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 14 5 on page 196 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 14 6 on page 197 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 14 6 1 on page 199 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 14 6 2 on page 202 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 14 8 3 on page 209 to configure firewall thresholds 13 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls
207. als This allows simultaneous Internet access and telephone service on the same line A splitter also eliminates the destructive interference conditions caused by telephone sets Install the POTS splitter at the point where the telephone line enters your residence as shown in the following figure Figure 197 Connecting a POTS Splitter Wall Jack 1 Connect the side labeled Phone to your telephone 2 Connect the side labeled Modem or DSL to your ZyXEL Device 3 Connect the side labeled Line to the telephone wall jack Telephone Microfilters Telephone voice transmissions take place in the lower frequency range 0 AKHz while ADSL transmissions take place in the higher bandwidth range above 4KHz A microfilter acts as a low pass filter for your telephone to ensure that ADSL transmissions do not interfere with your telephone voice transmissions The use of a telephone microfilter 1s optional Appendix B Splitters and Microfilters 339 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 1 Connect a phone cable from the wall jack to the single jack end of the Y Connector 2 Connect a cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect another cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the ZyXEL Device 4 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure Figure 198 Connecting a Microfilter
208. an encryption key Encapsulation Key only with ESP With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Authentication Key Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA 1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 17 16 Viewing SA Monitor Click Security VPN and Monitor to open the SA Monitor screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections A Security Association SA is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel This screen displays active VPN connections Use Refresh to display active VPN connections This screen is read only The following table describes the fields in this tab 242 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s G
209. anced Setup button in the General screen The screen appears as shown Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 131 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 67 Adv anced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold Fragmentati Preamble 802 11 Mode O Enable 8 2432 0 2432 4096 when G Enhanced on Threshold 2432 256 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Long 802 119 Only 02 11g mode Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanc ed Setup 802 11g mode RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 If you select the G Enhanced checkbox a value Threshold of 4096 is displayed Fragmentation It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 and Threshold 2432 If you select the G Enhanced checkbox a value of 4096 is displayed Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop down list menu Choices are Long Short or Dynamic The default setting is Long See the appendix for more information 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL
210. and prompt to delete all entries in your computer s ARP table cannot Refer to Chapter 21 on page 267 for scenarios when remote management may not be remotely possible Lil ul Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN from the LAN Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN or WAN 27 4 1 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 321 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary 27 4 1 1 Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address 27 4 1 1 1 Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 185 Pop up Blocker Mail and News b Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Synchronize Windows Update pre oM i Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1
211. arameters SUNT IB V iai eat ema aaa triska 370 Appendix F i pde pue M 371 Appendix G Firewall Combnatiele inuns tn noia ode ia AE IRE aaa ii KS SEC rS SR dia RENS ER KR 375 rcd d Revoir eR 375 Appendix H Triangle Route Tee 377 Tie lde ES rt ETE EET 377 The Triangle Routo Propel occ e Dar as bb dr E Recon o Ene ae 377 The Triangle Route Solutions iiis bed ep n a Fen bx ES i aada 378 IP Dr m 378 CGatoways on tie WAN SIE etno cs ptg guit eda rat d ca os a 379 Appendix I Log DSS CEU GE uasa EXEAT Red oa kii eder ld Pneu ind ina al NER E NE PR ARR E Rd 381 Lon E OBI NN oa tactite oi Sasa ea een un Teu Lidia cade e cEen endet ad ed HARE 390 Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 390 E ueiBs cm 391 Log Coiled de c sce ce aa TOILET 392 Appendix J Command interpretor uis carie taciu i cu a ini e i ocine 393 Command rr cca ra i o a 5 al i i il i i i ial 393 Commend USINE ceata a UI 393 Appendix K internal SP TGEN eec i caii ap man ii ta i i Count anti 395 Table of Contents 21 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Wema SPT GEN QUOD oiii peto Ere FIER HIE PH E AI L NAA 395 ThE Conbouratorn TEX FIG FOMA caca na uet x CERRO P a a E 395 Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember 395 intemal SPTGEN FTP Download Example riot taret ee Yo ht n ey exa haare 396 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload
212. ations that are currently associating with the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 3 on page 87 Chapter 6 Status Screens 85 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 24 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Bandwidth Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments See Status Section 19 9 on page 262 VPN Status Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s current VPN connections See Section 17 16 on page 242 Packet Click this link to view port status and packet specific statistics See Section 6 4 on Statistics page 87 VoIP Statistics Click this link to view statistics about your VoIP usage See Section 6 5 on page 89 VoIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You have to register SIP accounts with a SIP server to use VoIP If the SIP account is already registered with the SIP server Click Unregister to delete the SIP account s registration in the SIP server This does not cancel your SIP account but it deletes the mapping between your SIP identity and your IP address or domain name The second field displays Registered If the SIP account is not registered with the SIP server Click Register to have the ZyXEL Device attempt to register the SIP account with the SIP server The second field displays the reason the account is not regist
213. atures SIP version 2 Session Initiating Protocol RFC 3261 SDP Session Description Protocol RFC 2327 RTP RFC 1889 RTCP RFC 1890 Voice codecs coder decoders G 711 G 729 G 168 echo cancellation 8ms 16ms Fax and data modem discrimination Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD Comfort Noise Generation CNG Dynamic Jitter Buffer Adaptive DTMF Detection and Generation DTMF In band and Out band traffic RFC 2833 PCM SIP INFO Point to point call establishment between two IADs Quick dialing through predefined phone book which maps the phone dialing number and destination URL Multiple SIP number registration and multiple signaling handling capability per POTS port Caller ID support Flexible Dial Plan RFC3525 section 7 1 14 Multiple SIP Accounts Phone Numbers Freely assignable Numbers to Each Phone Port Other Features Any IP Zero Configuration VC auto hunting Traffic Redirect Dynamic DNS IP Alias IP Policy Routing SPTGEN QoS P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications Table 132 P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications NORTH AMERICAN PLUG STANDARDS OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer LEI LEADER ELECTRONICS INC AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B W 180100 MU18 2180100 A1 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption
214. bal Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 129 VPN Global Setting YPN Global Setting YPN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 91 VPN Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows Networking NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that NetBIOS over TCP IP enable a computer to find other computers It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples 17 18 1 The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to
215. blish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of the available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 10 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 145 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accou
216. bu ec a NE A lt 1 oo ue T M te care 152 T1231 SIP User AGENDE 153 11 2 3 2 SIP Proxy SEPI sue aa lu aa EEE a pia in Da i la a 153 Za ONE RSG Oever sorana ca a ERN nc a e ea 154 Tie SIP Register Server ass i Da top apt 154 TCS SIF SUIS GTS 2uxcuaiicbetunen aue bak EPA TL cuppa Teu epe adeb utet Fc nM vidas 154 aa Pe rq H 156 114 Pulse Gode Modulation ciini iyi REPE REM HEEL EXE RUE POLES a 156 Eisen m 156 aa To aE E i a EE 156 ia es eS 2 I aa a n ti er ti 087 i tc d el 156 TEPSIN alll Setup Signaling n teac ip caa z i ata 3 a ia ta bt aa UE 157 11 7 MWI Message Waiting Indication cccn nenea eee nana eee ana 157 TLO GUSTONI TONES IVR soanen win dori DR ae etr copa OR dk OT RR PRI A A 157 11 8 0 1 Recording Custom TONES i4 suaza ioana am aaa a sii 157 118 02 Listening to Custom TONES ci conica a d a taina 158 11 9 0 2 Deleting Custom TONGS escalada da a a ar ap 158 71 9 Advanced GIP Setup Saree 1 cerne soe aie eesti ata eta acea a pata ai aaa sia ea 158 TL10 Quality of Service OEI Td 162 Vets Type O Servite TO mcm 162 jupedsn pO PT ta e aa lata e ei a 162 11 10 2 1 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior esses 162 JE n Be VLAN m M 163 QUEE GOS ORIG f eta atit ied tt i d po 163 TEIFI ace ei ea a az Ep a ad da oak me A 164 TLAZ PSTN Line E models only ceeace aaa i d a i pa 164 11 12 1 Voice Activity Detection Sil
217. budgeted and unused bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth 19 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 98 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 1024 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level 256 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes 1
218. cate packet data Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security 17 3 My IP Address My IP Address is the WAN IP address of the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel if the My IP Address changes after setup The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel Ifthe WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 93 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect 222 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 4 Secure Gateway Address Secure Gateway Address is the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router secure gateway If the remote secure gateway has a static WAN IP address enter it in the Secure Gateway Address field You may alternatively enter the remote secure gateway s domain name if it has one in the Secure Gateway Address field You can also enter a remote secure gateway s domain name in the Secure Gateway Address field if the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and is using DDNS The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel each time the remote secure gateway s WAN IP address changes there may be a delay until the DDNS servers are updated with the
219. category e Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs Appendix Log Descriptions 391 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results Figure 223 Log Command Example ras sys logs load ras sys logs category access 3 ras sys logs save ras sys logs display access f time source destination notes message 7 01 01 2000 09 40 13 192 168 1 1 3 192 168 1 33 1 ACCESS FO RWARD Router reply ICMP packet ICMP type 3 code 1 8 01 01 2000 09 40 07 192 168 1 1 3 92 168 1 33 1 ACCESS FO RWARD Router reply ICMP packet ICMP type 3 code 1 9 01 01 2000 09 40 04 192 168 1 1 3 192 168 1 33 1 ACCESS FO RWARD Router reply ICMP packet ICMP type 3 code 1 10 01 01 2000 09 40 04 192 168 1 33 1199 207 69 188 186 110 ACCESS FO RWARD Firewall default policy TCP L to W 11 01 01 2000 09 40 04 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 33 1200 ACCESS FO RWARD none UDP 392 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX J Command Interpreter The following describes how to use the command interpreter Telnet to the ZyXEL Device and enter the password to use the commands See the included disk or zyxel com for more detailed information on these commands Note Use of undocumented commands or
220. ce QOS 41 Quick Dialing 336 Quick Start Guide 35 49 R RADIUS 335 366 Shared Secret Key 367 RADIUS Message Types 366 RADIUS Messages 366 Reach Extended ADSL 334 Real Time E mail Alerts 335 Real time Transport Protocol 156 reinitialize the ADSL line 317 Related Documentation 35 Remote Management and NAT 268 Remote Management Limitations 267 REN 40 Reports and Logs 335 Reset Button 51 Resetting Your Device 51 Restore 305 Restore Configuration 310 RF Radio Frequency 43 RFC 1483 94 334 RFC 1631 141 RFC 1889 156 336 RFC 1890 336 RFC 2327 336 RFC 2364 334 RFC 2516 41 334 RFC 2684 334 RFC 3261 336 Ringer Equivalence Number 40 RIPSee Routing Information Protocol 110 Romfile 301 Router 36 Routing Information Protocol 110 Direction 110 Version 110 RTCP 336 RTP 156 336 RTS Request To Send 364 RTS Threshold 363 364 Rules 196 Checklist 194 Key Fields 195 LAN to WAN 196 Logic 194 Index 425 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide S SA 215 Safety Warnings 5 Saving the State 187 Scheduler 254 SDP 336 Seamless Rate Adaptation 334 Secure Gateway Address 223 Security Association 215 Security In General 190 Security Parameter Index 239 Security Parameters 370 Security Ramifications 194 Server 143 144 292 Service 195 Service Set 126 Service Type 203 320 Services 146 Session Description Protocol 336 Session Initiating Protocol 336 Session Initiation Protocol 151 Silence Suppression 40
221. ce Provider Dynamic DNS Type Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy WWW DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 104 Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Select this check box to use dynamic DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Option Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Enable off line option This option is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address 264 Chapter 20 Dynamic D
222. ce Type Type Port Number Port Configuration TCPIUDP single Port Range From 0 To o Back Apply Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 74 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule 14 7 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 203 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 108 Firewall Example Rules General Threshold Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 ov 10095 Packet Direction van to LAN gt Create a new rule after rule number
223. ces in this example can complete negotiation and establish a VPN tunnel Table 85 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content tom yourcompany com Local ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com The two ZyXEL Devices in this example cannot complete their negotiation because ZyXEL Device B s Local ID type is IP but ZyXEL Device A s Peer ID type is set to E mail An ID mismatched message displays in the IPSEC LOG Table 86 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type IP Local ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID type IP Peer ID content aa yahoo com Peer ID content N A 17 10 Pre Shared Key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation seeSection 17 12 on page 234for more on IKE phases It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection 17 11 Editing VPN Policies Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup Screen to edit VPN policies Chapter 17 VPN Screens 229 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 124 Edit VPN Policies IPSec
224. ck box to activate this VPN policy Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode 240 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 89 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time
225. class C address space into two subnets Similarly to divide a class C address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones 1s the broadcast address on the subnet Table 140 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER seed E IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting 357 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 140 Subnet 1 continued LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 Table 141 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VADE ANI BI IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 142 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBE
226. classified by setting the ToS Type Of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of delivery that is the least cost fastest route and so on DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping Figure 89 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit 1 The ZyXEL Device does not su
227. configure the ZyXEL Device to allow bandwidth for traffic that 1s not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 2 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted Make sure that the interface s root class has more bandwidth than the sum of the bandwidths of the interface s bandwidth management rules Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 255 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 19 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a ZyXEL Device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface is set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 97 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps the ZyXEL Device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL Device divides a total of 3072 kbps of un
228. connection If there is not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interface s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry 1s updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound extended access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit only packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary inbound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and
229. creening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 13 5 on page 187 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 13 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL Device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet 182 Chapter 13 Firewalls
230. cryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See section 9 2 3 on page 123 for information about this Table 35 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication No Authentication RADIUS Server Weakest No Security Static WEP 1 WPA PSK WPA Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network Note It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption The other types of encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 123 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support W
231. ctive SAs can have the same configured local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the
232. d An added feature of the ESP is payload padding which further protects communications by concealing the size of the packet being transmitted Chapter 17 VPN Screens 221 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 80 AH and ESP ESP AH DES default MD5 default Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit used method of data encryption using a digest to authenticate packet data private secret key DES applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data 3DES SHA1 Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES which SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a ENCRYPTION iterates three times with three separate keys 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data 3 x 56 166 bits effectively doubling the strength of DES AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key This implementation of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a phase 2 tunnel without encryption AUTHENTICATION MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenti
233. d not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 7 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above 7 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 7 1 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first 1s that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection 1s down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 7 1 6 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one netwo
234. d the ZyXEL Device in any order After you click Start in the ZyXEL Device the following screen appears in the ZyXEL Device Figure 70 OTIST Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer A The security is WPA PSK mode on WLAN now The key is 2D3WBIK09b You can use the key in this screen to set up WPA PSK encryption manually for non OTIST devices in the wireless network Review the settings and click OK The ZyXEL Device begins transferring OTIST settings The following screens appear in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless devices Figure 71 OTIST In Progress on the ZyXEL Device OTIST in Process Please wait a moment about 129 Seconds 134 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 72 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device These screens close when the transfer is complete 9 6 1 Notes on OTIST 1 If you enable OTIST in a wireless device you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes to search for an OTIST enabled AP in other words the ZyXEL Device Figure 73 Start OTIST Do you wantto start OTIST function Don t show me this window again 2 If an OTIST enabled wireless device loses its wireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless device search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the searc
235. d Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB _ details Space available on disk 260 9 MB Details 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 281 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 154 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services O BB RIP Listener 0 0 MB DL A Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB m Universal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 22 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connecti
236. d by a regular phone number Note To find out more information about configuring your VoIP features and making non VoIP calls see Chapter 10 on page 119 Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example 75 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 76 Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard Screens 5 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 5 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services The following is a description of the services that you can select and to which you can apply media bandwidth management using the wizard screens Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed
237. d service Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP Address This is the server s IP address Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 147 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 49 Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 10 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit To edit a port forwarding rule click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 82 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name WW Start Port eo End Port fo Server IP Address Roi012 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 50 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION
238. d to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 7 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR 96 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum valu
239. dne 267 21 1 1 Remote Management Limitations amp uuooscesereca traer aaa iai a aaa area 267 21 1 2 Remote Management and NAT suc coca eine aa a a a natae 268 Table of Contents 17 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide FX SHS BPRS pc M 268 vues vo eT Prec n 268 PENMMI o RE 269 FAF Rec nip MI DI suana 269 Vac aee IRA QS a ec NE 270 PANIIID Cn P 271 PUE erect NS 272 210 2 SNMP Wap Eee RA 273 21 525 Cour SMNIMIE cisco Ebr al n RR ri dodo i SEA 273 214 COOMO DP lut la aL dala Acme ua a Pea mre Heb dE 275 21 9 Neige eir m 275 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPAR ciocan annie nana iai aaa iata 277 22 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play nenea aaa aa aaa aaa a 277 22 1 1 How do I know lm sing UP si ceia aaa be acea ai arab gti ae aa aia 277 LALA INI M 277 22 War Cautions WIR UPDP essc uo cad i patet E p ela a oap cba bd 278 22 2 PAP and ZyXEL insetati cu o d ci RR Eu Ib EI ai 278 o5 1 Loon UE UPOP eu i and eere too doo ea aea a ans 278 22 3 Installing UPnP in Windows EXamplb i epp atm Ro Dd Le encased i ba 279 22 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Exemplo 23 vacucaaea aaa aaa aaa ca casa cei a 282 Chapter 23 azi ran 1 c A PENE PRD DON RR EI RD PRE 0 PE RN RAC II ASR PI RTR PI PER E PRI A 289 23 1 General Setup and System Name meencnooeeee anna aaa aaa eee e aaa ea 289 Poe lid General SEW M atare eta aaa ei se at dl a ad te
240. e 1 PPPoE Idle 0 00 00 5492 5177 bm 96 0 Sene B ser The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 24 Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization WAN Port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link WAN IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s WAN port Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC 1483 and PPPoE Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packet
241. e 101 CCK 43 Certificate Authority 368 Change Password at Login 50 Channel 363 Interference 363 Channel ID 126 Checking the Device s IP Address 179 Class of Service 162 Class of Service CoS 162 Client server Protocol 152 CNG 336 Codec 156 Codecs 336 Coder Decoder 156 Comfort Noise Generation 40 164 336 Complementary Code Keying Modulation 43 Configuration 108 Configuration File 301 Content Filtering 40 211 Categories 211 Schedule 212 Trusted computers 213 URL keyword blocking 211 Content filtering 211 Copyright 3 Index 421 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CoS 162 CTS Clear to Send 364 Custom Ports Creating Editing 202 Customized Services 202 Customized services 202 D Data Confidentiality 216 Data Integrity 216 Data Origin Authentication 216 DBPSK 42 Default 307 Default LAN IP Address 49 Denial of Service 182 183 208 Destination Address 195 DH 236 DHCP 44 108 109 263 289 DHCP Client 41 DHCP Relay 41 DHCP Server 41 diagnostic 315 Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed Modulation 42 Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation 42 Differentiated Services 162 Diffie Hellman Key Groups 236 DiffServ 162 DiffServ Code Point DSCP 162 DiffServ Code Points 162 DiffServ Marking Rule 163 DNS 275 DNS Server For VPN Host 227 Domain Name 109 289 Domain Name System 108 DoS 183 Basics 183 Types 184 DoS Denial of Service 39 DoS attacks types of
242. e rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 7 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM digital access multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 7 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to RFC 1483 for more detailed information 7 1 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 7 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant
243. e that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 47 Example of Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC SCR Es a d Time 7 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 7 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 7 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class 1s used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the
244. e 177 Reset Warning Message mccain A adn uto aa a aaa aa a bi 307 Figure 178 Reset In Process Message 1 oocccei aaa cacat iei a a eat a raia 307 Foue 179 RI SPOS a nioo ta tnt 00 o 68030 3 2 at 307 Figure 180 FIF EXAMP scai scuba doara 0 8 n it iad aa ab i Ea bata 308 Figure 181 Restore Using FTP Session Example inimicitia tatc dad ia dicia Let eod 311 Figure 182 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload ceeceeceeeeeeeteeeeeees 312 Figure 183 Diagnostic Celle al isca ota ke ac an SEP tn m ia ar Dod uda he a at FU d tee Pe NER DD UA 315 Figure 184 Diagnostic DSL LINO nica ot nat ida READER Rod UIS Foro t a d i Rad dda 316 Fome Too Fr BIORE T a oa ae ao siana i o ta a OERA t 322 z uxncne wWe nr rmm 323 Figure 19r Menet Op ONS quoa rn aen eine neki nent aa d RAE E 324 Figure 199 Pop up Blocker OEUFIGS ata oa ti n quer Drei RES a aa du ipe Dvd UR ER iua 325 Figure 189 Intern st OPHONS e 326 Figure 190 Security Settings Java Scripting n neuen amana ea na ia e a a aa 327 Figure 191 Security Settings Java cca at ai aa ae ea a a i ba d db a A aaa 328 ds emt CUI a aa tt e m 329 Figure 193 Outgoing Calls Default ata etic a Lia aa a bi aa a aa a 330 Figure 194 Outgoing Calls Individual Configuration mee eee nenea nn 330 Figure 195 Incoming Calle DIISUIE catene iai bod did rr a a Ea ro b a s RS 331 Figure 196 Incoming Calls Individual Configuration 1 reci aaa aaa aa er
245. e Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 3 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 142 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network qu NS LE EN ju deor RR RR RR RR TAA Incoming Traffic vU Internet J User telnets into the LAN 21 4 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 269 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 143 Remote Management Telnet q Note o mina Telnet Port 23 Access Status LAN amp WAN gt Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 106 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status
246. e Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection terminates Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 106 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 8 LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 8 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP
247. e ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to us
248. e complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Notice 1 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification
249. e ea 401 RE E LED Menu TA a ua at cual LU MEN 403 Table 178 Manu 15 SUA Server SOLD ass saoute enesra are ee ae aaa at ale adi ai p e eta eee 407 Table 179 Manu 21 1 Fiter oD EI poezii pc tat sd 0 ai I o dap add 409 Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 assai oi ea aaa a a ca ai 413 Table 191 Menu 23 System Menus saca sa esa at a i o a a a 417 Table 182 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control mee eee eee e 418 Table 183 Command Examples cose aia fepe a iat aceea ia 419 List of Tables 33 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 34 List of Tables P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Preface Congratulations on your purchase of the P 2602H W L DxA 802 11g Wireless ADSL 2 VoIP IAD the ZyXEL Device Your ZyXEL Device is easy to install and configure About This User s Guide This manual is designed to guide you through the configuration of your ZyXEL Device for its various applications Note Use the web configurator or command interpreter interface to configure your ZyXEL Device Not all features can be configured through all management interfaces Related Documentation Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents Quick Start Guide e The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains connection information and instructions on getting started Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supple
250. e has an IP connection but no traffic Your device has a WAN IP address either static or assigned by a DHCP server PPP negotiation was successfully completed if used and the DSL connection is up Blinking Your device is sending or receiving IP traffic Red On Your device attempted to make an IP connection but failed Possible causes are no response from a DHCP server no PPPoE response PPPoE authentication failed None Off Your device does not have an IP connection PHONE 1 2 Green On A SIP account is registered for the phone port Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook or there is an incoming call Orange On A SIP account is registered for the phone port and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account None Off The phone port does not have a SIP account registered Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 48 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 2 Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer
251. e is active Yes or not No Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Netmask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click this to apply your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to return to the previously saved configuration 18 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route 250 Chapter 18 Static Route P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 134 Static Route Edit Active Route Name Static Route Setup Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 95 Static Route Ed
252. e labels in this screen Table 119 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Firmware This is the present Firmware version and the date created Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes Note Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 170 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes Chapter 25 Tools 303 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 171 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the followi
253. e period expires see Section 17 12 on page 234 for more on the IPSec SA lifetime In effect the IPSec tunnel becomes an always on connection after you initiate it Both IPSec routers must have a ZyXEL Device compatible keep alive feature enabled in order for this feature to work If the ZyXEL Device has its maximum number of simultaneous IPSec tunnels connected to it and they all have keep alive enabled then no other tunnels can take a turn connecting to the ZyXEL Device because the ZyXEL Device never drops the tunnels that are already connected When there is outbound traffic with no inbound traffic the ZyXEL Device automatically drops the tunnel after two minutes Chapter 17 VPN Screens 225 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both transport and tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet but a NAT device between the IPSec endpoints rewrites the source or destination address As a result the VPN device at the receiving end finds a mismatch between the hash value and the data and assumes that the data has been maliciously altered NAT is not normally compatible with ESP in transport mode either but the ZyXEL Device s NAT Traversal feature provides a way to handle this NAT traversal allows you to set up an IKE SA when there are N
254. e rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules 14 3 Rule Logic Overview Note Study these points carefully before configuring rules 14 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet to an inside Notes server 1 Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic 2 What direction of traffic does the rule apply to 3 What IP services will be affected 4 What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any 5 What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better For example if traffic is being allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Internet to access the LAN 14 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 Once the l
255. e set 8 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120108003 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120108004 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120108005 IP Static Route set 8 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120108006 IP Static Route set 8 Metric 0 120108007 IP Static Route set 8 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 9 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 120109001 IP Static Route set 9 Name Str 120109002 IP Static Route set 9 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120109003 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120109004 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120109005 IP Static Route set 9 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120109006 IP Static Route set 9 Metric 0 120109007 IP Static Route set 9 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 10 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 20110001 IP Static Route set 10 Name 20110002 IP Static Route set 10 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20110003 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20110004 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120110005 IP Static Route set 10 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120110006 IP Static Route set 10 Metric 0 120110007 IP Static Route set 10 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zx Menu 12 1 11 IP Static Route Setup FI F PVA INPUT Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 405 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 12 continued
256. e that the ZyXEL Device s power adaptor is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure that the ZyXEL Device and the power source are both turned on Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the error persists you may have a hardware problem In this case you should contact your vendor 27 2 Problems with the LAN Table 126 Troubleshooting the LAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The ETHERNET lights do not turn on Check your Ethernet cable connections refer to the Quick Start Guide for details Check for faulty Ethernet cables Make sure your computer s Ethernet Card is working properly cannot access the ZyXEL Device from the LAN If Any IP is disabled make sure that the IP address and the subnet mask of the ZyXEL Device and your computer s are on the same subnet Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 319 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 27 3 Problems with the WAN Table 127 Troubleshooting the WAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The DSL light is off Check the telephone wire and connections between the ZyXEL Device DSL port and the wall jack Make sure that the telephone company has checked your phone line and set it up for DSL service Reset your DSL line to reinitialize your link to the DSLAM For details refer to Section 26 2 on page 315 cannot get a WAN IP address from the ISP The INTERNET light is red
257. e the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras 312 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Note that the telnet connection must be active and the device in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode 25 9 4 TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the device Commands that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter
258. e the wireless network 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F 122 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server This is a server used in businesses more than in homes If you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 9 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that 1s sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of en
259. e to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No 64 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 Figure 23 Connection Test Successful fii Internet Configuration Connection Test Successful he Internet now is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes S No 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue Figure 24 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 L STEP 1 STEP2 ff Wireless LAN Wireless M Active our network a name You will search for this name from your wire iv Enale OTIST 01234567 yAIR client adapter that supports OTIST Please type in a unique setup key This key acts like a password to ensure only those wireless LAN devices you Sa are configured by OTIST This key should not be the same as the router password the password you use to lo You will Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 65 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION
260. eal high speed Internet access solution It supports the TCP IP protocol which the Internet uses exclusively It is compatible with all major ADSL DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer providers A DSLAM is a rack of ADSL line cards with data multiplexed into a backbone network interface connection for example T1 OC3 DS3 ATM or Frame Relay Think of it as the equivalent of a modem rack for ADSL In addition your device allows wireless clients access to your network resources and the Internet A typical Internet access application is shown below Figure 1 Internet Access Application WAN P ue a a 1 4 1 1 Internet Single User Account For a SOHO Small Office Home Office environment your device offers the Single User Account SUA feature that allows multiple users on the LAN Local Area Network to access the Internet concurrently for the cost of a single IP address 1 4 2 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider In a home or small office environment you can use your device to make and receive VoIP telephone calls through an Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP The following figure shows a basic example of how you would make a VoIP call through an ITSP You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP Your device then sends your call to the Internet and the ITSP s SIP server The VoIP call server forwards calls to PSTN phones E throug
261. ebsite See Appendix F on page 371 for some examples Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 13 1 on page 181 for more information Figure 106 Firewall Customized Services S no foo I dos Ken e foo I des Customized Services LESEN NEM KNEE Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to the Firewall Customized Services Config screen to configure or edit a customized service Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit Rule screen 14 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 13 1 on page 181 for more information 202 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 107 Firewall Configure Customized Services Config Service Name Servi
262. ec i a a rdi 51 2 2 Web Configurator Main SOFGQll vis acusa rc caa te ted alai CERE ial 52 ENING OOP ara NENNT T UE za eee 52 pM acu D mp 53 Table of Contents 9 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 229 Man WNAWN serrr a TT 55 car IOS AD TINE E N TEA S AET N PEIA AE ca i 55 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard eeeeese e cereeee eene nnne nnn 57 2 NOGUCHI osrin ree acidic Ree OH n dela it aa a DE a a ea adi ea 57 3 2 Intenet Access Wizard Setup assia ca aia ll ali li aa it 57 aw Manual Comigura NENE ze citeai c 59 2 2 Wireless Connection Wizard SOUL a iata aaa na n e 0 65 3 3 1 Manually Assign a WPA key eese eese annia 67 3 9 2 Manually Assign a WEP RE coace aceea epe torn a cau Fe bx cuve t d a 68 Chapter 4 VolP Wizard And Example sis cae oaie n mt ai ii eh ie a anis Da 71 2 0 WOUND tati da ai a ti Uode ta a ani a ee e ao a dae 71 5 2 VOIP Wizard Sep ce asa e eco na n d db Pai q a nai 71 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard mmenooceoeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenaennaennaennaenaaenaaeaaannaaaaa 77 2 0 BONED soon da acea ld d iore 0 al aa ada ua d pt a e aa d TT 5 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services 77 5 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup m mem eaa aaa ea cana cea aaa acea cena ceea 78 Chapter 6 SANS ee CM CR PR RR RI OO PRE PR ROCII RAP PI RI A PRI TERRE DIL PREDICA RR S RARI E 83 6 1 Salis OB ocn at m a ana ia ii aa ai a cd
263. ect two geographically dispersed networks over the ADSL line A typical LAN to LAN application is shown as follows Figure 5 LAN to LAN Application LAN 46 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 1 4 6 LEDs Figure 6 LEDs The following table describes your device s LEDs Table 4 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On Your device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking Your device is rebooting and performing a self test Red On Your device is not ready or there is a malfunction None Off Your device is not turned on ETHERNET Green On Your device has a successful Ethernet connection i Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data None Off The Ethernet port is not connected WLAN Green On Your device is ready but is not sending receiving data w through the wireless LAN models Blinking Your device is sending receiving data through the wireless only LAN None Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 47 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 4 LEDs continued LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION DSL Green On Your device has a DSL connection Blinking Your device is initializing the DSL line None Off The DSL link is down INTERNET Green On Your devic
264. ed SIP account with a SIP register server was not successful SIP UnRegistration Success by SIP SIP Phone Number The listed SIP account s registration was deleted from the SIP register server SIP UnRegistration Fail by SIP SIP Phone Number An attempt to delete the listed SIP accounts registration from the SIP register server failed 388 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 168 RTP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Error RTP init fail The initialization of an RTP session failed Error connect fail Call fail RTP A VoIP phone call failed because the RTP session could not be established Error cannot close RTP connection The termination of an RTP session failed Table 169 FSM Logs Caller Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Port Number Call Number Start Ph Phone Outgoing Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to initiate a VoIP call to the listed destination VoIP Call Ph Phone Port Outgoing Call Number Established Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to make a VoIP call to the listed destination Port VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call made from a phone connected to the listed phone port has terminated Table 170 FSM Logs Callee Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call S
265. ed by the agent to inform the manager of some events 21 6 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance 272 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 21 6 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 108 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on warmsStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 4 authenticationFailure defined in A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any RFC 1215 SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors 21 6 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears a
266. ed on the policy defined by the network administrator Packet Filters Your device s packet filtering function allows added network security and management Ease of Installation Your device is designed for quick intuitive and easy installation Housing Your device s compact and ventilated housing minimizes space requirements making it easy to position anywhere in your busy office 1 3 Wireless Features W models only IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b radio card can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table3 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 42 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 3 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Note Your device may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and othe
267. ee 118 Figure G0 LAN IP ANS P 118 Figure 61 Example of a Wireless Network 0 ccccseccccceseeseeceeeseneeceeeeeeeencneneeneeeseeeeenseee 121 Figure 62 Wireless LAN General semiton ast oda 0 58 a ado toned eu aiba d 126 Figure 63 Vilele No SCO a acas petit aaa ta pl pici ods 127 Figure 64 Wireless Static WEP Encryption uui ies emere oa ia ea a a i d aa ce 128 Figure B Wireless WPALZ PAK ama sacee oo sectas seo erre at a a al ea 129 Figure CG Wireloss WPA Z actiona a d ni ta a nt sl at a 130 E NCN 50097 OTHO sas tata aa a oa a d ic d a a d dac d ad 132 Figure 68 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST cacao ame na cca e i aaa iii 133 Figure 69 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen mnnnoeee nana anna aaa aaa aaa aaa ea 134 aU SIRE ns me 134 Figure 71 OTIST In Progress on the ZyXEL Device lt lt lt rentre treten 134 Figure 72 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device esses essent 135 Figure 73 Aant OTG T em 135 Figuro 74 MAC Address Filter tute diii n dite praet i ERR DUM IRR UAR FLUR tb RR 136 Fawe 7 o Wireless LAN OOS M a catalan dal da a la cata 137 Figure 76 Application Priority Configurati m i cacceeca caca na cea ea a na ai za nai 138 aU r7 HON NAT WOKS ua ca dba a a a ata T I 142 Figure 78 NAT Application With IP Alias nice aceea o aa ia ae Eton aa a ata da 143 Figure 79 NAT Ca m ten oa aa 022 pita a e o PS PL RUD Lei ER 0 145 Figure 80 Multiple Servers Behind
268. eer Communication in an Ad hoc Network sseesss 361 Figuro 214 Basic lieu HE 362 Figure 219 pras rore WLAN ua econtra iras In e biis ud HE ian 363 Figiure 215 IE Mc 364 Faure 217 Ideal SOUP sta ea a ana lain ka ai a aret un p FIR ic EAR ia ii a I RR OU 377 Figure 219 Tiangle Route Problem 21i turi tape EP RESP REED ba QUEE RP RP EHE DRIN ae ba 378 usn aca pl Fe 378 Figure 220 Gateways on the WAN Side mmmceee canoe aaaaaeea isses assa ttt aaa aaa aaa a 379 Figure 221 Displaying Log Categories Example 4 cc aaa ceea aice aaa a cai 390 Figure 222 Displaying Log Parameters Example css ccccecsseseeceeeeeneeeceensenneeeeeneeneees 391 Figure 223 Log Command Example citeaza ba ai nad aicea bara ai d e a abia 392 Figure 224 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions eeesssss 395 Figure 225 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example ssss 396 Figure 226 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example sssssse 396 Figure 227 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example eee 397 Figure 228 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example eee arena aaa a aaa 397 28 List of Figures P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide List of Tables Tano Te COVO PD ES 37 Tole P DR MESI cii diim a ad n a d ai a pai a dud 38 TOO dicla cg M 42 THE
269. efer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetting A blank source port means any source port number Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Appendix 31 on page 371 for some common services and port numbers Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0 means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 9 Bandwidth Monitor To view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Figure 139 Bandwi dth Management Monitor Monitor To LAN Interface WWW Telnet 0 100000 kbps 0 100000 kbps 262 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 20 Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 20 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can cont
270. elect Automatic from the Location list e Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list e Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Figure 212 Macintosh OS X Network eo Network Lj Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Built in Ethernet rA AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP ry Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 351 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 352 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX D IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addres
271. electing the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 22 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 277 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 22 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 22 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and
272. ence Suppression 164 11 12 2 Comfor Noise CIBUM pui ate ia aaa t apa aa a rH FER vti po PX IRSE data 164 Lures m M S 164 QUPNEST C Resim T t 165 11 14 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen ceeace nenea eee a 166 11 14 1 Common Phone Settings Screen siisii 167 11 15 Supplementary Phone Services Overview ccccccceceeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeees 168 1115 1 The Fash T qr 168 11 15 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services sussss 168 11 03 21 Euitopesn tall Bela sc cate ag HEP pO qu EE OAM YE FR aM Od arta PHEANES 169 Tez 2 Eurgpesm Cal Waking seriais tim a ad a OE OR RR LR 169 11 15 2 3 European Call TESEISTOI auis erba lei aia i rta oi Lp dede 169 11 15 2 4 European Three Way Conference aeeeesieeeeneeae 170 Table of Contents 13 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 15 3 USA Type Supplementary Services ssssssssse 170 TT USA ES E ir m 170 11 15 3 2 USA Call Waiting seci sea ec ia Bu aa 171 11152 USA Call Translar iode asi ost epp To EROR a blc o e P tah 171 11 15 3 4 USA Three Way Conference eee rrr trennen rr emana apa ana 171 11 15 Phone REGION SOIA e 171 TUN Speed Dial TECTUM 172 TAT Peerio Peer Gall Het ETT 172 11 15 oped Dual SEEN 4 ccr ata n rir 0 Dac ER 173 11 19 incoming Call Policy Sereen uisa coprire rp ra Ee End a a Edu ad 174 11 20 PSTN Line Scree
273. end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Chapter 17 VPN Screens 231 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 87 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses The remote fields do not apply when the Secure Gateway IP Address field is configured to 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IP
274. entary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 61 USA Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash 98 Transfer the call to another phone 11 15 3 1 USA Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 170 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 15 3 2 USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put the first call on hold and answer the second call 11 15 3 3 USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that y
275. eout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 21 2 WWW To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 141 Remote Management WWW Port eo Access Status Lan a wan v Secured Client IP Gal C selected 0 000 _ Note 1 For UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel 268 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 105 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choos
276. er WAN TFTP FTP and Telnet over the WAN will not work when 1 The firewall is active turn the firewall off or create a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN 2 You have disabled Telnet service in menu 24 11 3 You have applied a filter in menu 3 1 LAN or in menu 11 5 WAN to block Telnet service 4 The IP you entered in the Secured Client IP field in menu 24 11 does not match the client IP If it does not match the device will disconnect the Telnet session immediately 25 4 Firmware Upgrade Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot See Section 25 9 on page 311 for upgrading firmware using FTP TFTP commands 302 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 169 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Configuration Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 40 ADQ 0 b3 0120 01 20 2006 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes th
277. er s Guide Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210203014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 4 Filter set 2 rule 4 FI FE PVA INPUT 210204001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210204002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210204003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210204004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210204006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 210204007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210204008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210204010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210204011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210204013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210204014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 5 Filter set 2 rule 5 FI F PVA INPUT 210205001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210
278. ered Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings 6 2 Any IP Table Click Status gt AnyIP Table to access this screen Use this screen to view the IP address and MAC address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Figure 43 Any IP Table AnyIP Table PE E PC Refresh 86 Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Each field is described in the following table Table 22 Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value It is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen 6 3 WLAN Status W models only C
279. erms The following table describes wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device TERM DESCRIPTION Intra BSS Traffic This describes direct communication not through the ZyXEL Device between two wireless devices within a wireless network You might disable this kind of communication to enhance security within your wireless network RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Device does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Max Frame Burst Enable this to improve the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed I
280. es User s Guide Table 53 SIP SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI this is the part after the Domain symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VoIP phone calls Clear this if you do not want to send identification Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this SIP account The Advanced SIP Setup screen appears 11 3 1 RTP When you make a VoIP call using SIP the RTP Real time Transport Protocol is used to handle voice data transfer See RFC 1889 for details on RTP 11 4 Pulse Code Modulation Pulse Code Modulation PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into bits 11 5 Voice Coding A codec coder decoder codes analog voice signals into digital signals and decodes the digital signals back in
281. es box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail Information This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule is matched Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 201 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 14 6 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority w
282. esses that you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first 1s for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISP s choose to pass the DNS servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If you set the router to be a DNS relay it tells the DHCP clients that the device itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen This way the ZyXEL Device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can q
283. et can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet Chapter 13 Firewalls 191 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 13 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering e To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blocks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 13 7 2 Firewall e The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate incoming packet can be matched with the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked The firewall uses se
284. etup You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen 144 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 79 NAT General NAT Setup v Active Network Address Translation NAT sua Only C Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they Firewall need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a Session Per single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being User used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can esta
285. even if there is no traffic If an IPSec SA times out then the IPSec router must renegotiate the SA the next time someone attempts to send traffic 17 12 1 Negotiation Mode The phase 1 Negotiation Mode you select determines how the Security Association SA will be established for each connection through IKE negotiations Main Mode ensures the highest level of security when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 It uses 6 messages in three round trips SA negotiation Diffie Hellman exchange and an exchange of nonces a nonce is a random number This mode features identity protection your identity is not revealed in the negotiation Aggressive Mode is quicker than Main Mode because it eliminates several steps when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 However the trade off is that faster speed limits its negotiating power and it also does not provide identity protection It is useful in remote access situations where the address of the initiator is not know by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared key authentication Chapter 17 VPN Screens 235 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 12 2 17 12 3 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups Diffie Hellman DH is a public key cryptography protocol that allows two parties to establish a shared secret over an unsecured communications channel Diffie Hellman is used within IKE SA setup to establish session keys 7
286. evice uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 93 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter
287. ful Inspection on Your ZyXEL Device ecce 188 SIS TOP ei i ccs mead acea ia iata 00 ta a aa a ai 189 ES SEBIB Hue el Me 189 135 5 Upper Layer PIOPGEOIS Loose d e p to o 2 ta eden d RR obedit 190 13 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall 190 13 6 1 Secunty n General e ei si a sl a a 190 14 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 13 7 Packet Filtering VS FIRE II ce 5 5 stea SR prt EORR REL ue titi 191 itai lie PTS 191 13 7 1 1 When To Use Fering iioii eiecti a eu e 192 pP Mm 192 13 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall emt T a iata 192 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuratie fn caci ca man anca ari iai ada dud iau iama 193 15 1 ACUbSS MIDIHUHS eee dei 00 00 e tg b ab o basa 03 193 14 2 Firewall Policies Overview eeeeesssceeeeeee ceterae nene ea nni th a a aaa aaa a 193 14 3 Rule LOGIG OVEIVIEW A 194 Tea PR OC TT 194 14 3 2 Secun Ramas ni oa ata bat e ag el neem 194 14 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring RUES neo ca to ea sett e a ia 195 DA POON ONT Ut NR DR RER PARE RR RI RR PRR 195 143 ANEI e E 195 1433 3 Source FC SSS 195 14 3 3 4 Destination Address nice oua aaa a e al i a 195 144 Connection Direction sessirnir 3 a 195 T44 1 LAN 10 WAN mr ci ua ati ol c ara a aaa aly ed 196 1525 2 PU PUR cata aa a il d a al ES 196 14 5 General Firewall POE 196 14 6 Firewall Rules TIE M 197 14 5 1 Confi
288. g Call Number Enter the phone number to which this rule applies Forward to Number Enter the phone number to which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number You may leave this field blank depending on the Condition Condition Select the situations in which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number or select an alternative action Unconditional The ZyXEL Device immediately forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number Busy The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when your SIP account already has a call connected No Answer The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Block The ZyXEL Device rejects calls from the Incoming Call Number Accept The ZyXEL Device allows calls from the Incoming Call Number You might create a rule with this condition if you do not want incoming calls from someone to be forwarded by rules in the Forward to Number section Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 20 PSTN Line Screen L models only Use this screen to set up the PSTN line you use to make regular phone calls To access this screen click VoIP gt PSTN Li
289. ge Password Screen Use this screen to change the password 6 A screen displays to let you choose whether to go to the wizard or the advanced screens Click Go to Wizard setup if you are logging in for the first time or if you want to make basic changes The wizard selection screen appears after you click Apply See Chapter 3 on page 57 for more information Click Go to Advanced setup if you want to configure features that are not available in the wizards Select the check box if you always want to go directly to the advanced screens The main screen appears after you click Apply See Section 2 2 on page 52 for more information Click Exit if you want to log out 50 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Note For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes If this happens log in again Figure 9 Wizard or Advanced Screen Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings 2 10 the first time you are setting up yo 2 1 2 The RESET Button You can use the RESET button at the back of the device to turn the wireless LAN off or on You can also use it to activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET but
290. grity Protocol TKIP 369 Text File Format 395 TFTP File Upload 312 426 Index P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide TFTP and FTP over WAN 302 TFTP Restrictions 267 302 Three Way Conference 170 171 Three Way Handshake 184 Threshold Values 207 TLS 335 ToS 162 Traceroute 187 Traffic Redirect 103 104 Traffic redirect 103 106 Traffic shaping 96 Transparent Bridging 334 Transport Mode 218 Triangle 377 Triangle Route Solutions 378 TTLS 335 Tunnel Mode 218 Type Of Service 162 U UBR Unspecified Bit Rate 101 UDP ICMP Security 189 Uniform Resource Identifier 151 Universal Plug and Play 277 Application 277 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 41 Upload Firmware 311 UPnP 277 Forum 278 security issues 278 Upper Layer Protocols 189 190 USA Type Call Service Mode 170 User Authentication 369 User Name 264 Using Speed Dial 179 V VAD 40 164 336 VBR nRT 101 VBR RT 101 Virtual Channel Identifier VCI 94 virtual circuit VC 94 Virtual Local Area Network 163 Virtual Path Identifier VPI 94 Virtual Private Network 37 39 215 VLAN 163 VLAN Group 163 VLAN ID 163 VLAN ID Tags 163 Voice Activity Detection 40 164 336 Voice Channels 40 Voice Coding 156 VoIP 151 VoIP Standards Compliance 40 VPI amp VCI 94 VPN 215 VPN Applications 216 W WAN Wide Area Network 93 WAN to LAN Rules 196 Warranty Period 6 Web 268 Web Configurator 49 190 195 WEP Wired Equivalent Priv
291. gs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Table 153 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max number of session per This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings error readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings error WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 154 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TEP OSPF Firewall default policy UDP IGMP ESP GRE lt Packet Direction gt Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the default policy s setting NOT match TCP ESP GRE OSPF rule d Firewall rule UDP IGMP Packet Direction Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded accordi
292. gure 210 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP TCP IP Comect vla m Setup DHCP Client ID Nare server addr el Configure IP Address Sunet mask Router address Using DHCP Server lt will be supplied by server gt lt will be supplied by server gt lt will be supplied Ey server gt lt will be supplied by server gt Search comans 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 211 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu Grab File Edit Captu Dock Location About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences 350 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 2 Click Network in the icon bar S
293. guring Firewall FUIS session aaa ra ad e a ies 199 TA 2 CASIO BOE 309 o cla a a enl00 pi ncr 202 14 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service ccmnaaeeee ea aaeaee anna aaa aaa mau 202 14 7 Example Firewall RUIE aceea acne M 203 TES DOS Tongs capia ie tran ir dcr e 207 146 4 Thyrssltold VANES iaz oa arte aim i REALA A a i d ia danie e E pe 207 EUER direi Ec m t a oi i al a a dia ea iba 208 14 8 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time 208 14 8 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds ss scie oana oara paianta CE eta EHI I EFE EUIS 209 Chapter 15 Content Fillerifig suis cae vanaaicea un na Ro RS aa iai Ro Rs Fan EXER Kan Ro Ru ai OR a ou EK Ta ne 211 19 1 Content FIBGHHO CINOPVIBUW 41i pi ns d a e aed abe Lea da ut zii 15 2 Collie ring Keyword ENG acizi oomicata tabela a n br buf vun bob 211 15 9 GCONNGUIING THE Schedule e asa aa aceea a ee 212 15 4 Configuring Trusted Computers se a ata na ei ia aa ea ana e 213 Chapter 16 introduction to IP SOG nisa cv in ai m a iai i o tii M 215 TGA YPN OVEVICW nece a aaa aaa atenian aaa ai aaa iei a ai a aaa 215 Table of Contents 15 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide LANES e 215 XE hpepccor je e 215 18 1 Other Terminology A 215 bae ic lay PONI aaa da ia tau aa ut 215 1132 Date CONN EI LEGA It atita ta cc cai ca a Da aa 216 15 133 IBI asemene aaa ea at aiaa 216 16 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication
294. h 3 After the wireless device finds an OTIST enabled AP you must click Start in the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST screen or hold in the Reset button on the ZyXEL Device for one or two seconds to transfer the settings again 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the ZyXEL Devices after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless device s 5 If you configure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless device joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless devices again Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 135 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 7 MACFilter To change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 74 MAC Address Filter MAC Filter Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny E O E i 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 7 00 00 00 00 00 00 8 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 09 00 00 00 00 00 22 09 00 00 00 00 00 23 00
295. h the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise With manual tapping if the duration is too long it may be interpreted as hanging up by the ZyXEL Device You can invoke all the supplementary services by using the flash key 11 15 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 60 European Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer Flash 1 Disconnect the curre
296. h Management Media Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth classes based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth classes REN A Ringer Equivalence Number REN is used to determine the number of devices like telephones or fax machines that may be connected to the telephone line Your device has a REN of three so it can support three devices per telephone port Dynamic Jitter Buffer The built in adaptive buffer helps to smooth out the variations in delay jitter for voice traffic This helps ensure good voice quality for your conversations Multiple SIP Accounts You can simultaneously use multiple voice SIP accounts and assign them to one or both telephone ports Multiple Voice Channels Your device can simultaneously handle multiple voice channels telephone calls Additionally you can answer an incoming phone call on a VoIP account even while someone else is using the account for a phone call Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD reduces the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting when you are not speaking Comfort Noise Generation Your device generates background noise to fill moments of silence when the other device in a call stops transmitting because the other party is not speaking as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection 40 Chapter 1 Getting
297. h a trunking gateway D to the PSTN network The VoIP call server forwards calls to IP phones F through the Internet 44 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 2 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application Ld 1 4 3 Make Peer to peer Calls You can call directly to someone s IP address without using a SIP proxy server Peer to peer calls are also called Point to Point or IP to IP calls You must know the peer s IP address in order to do this The following figure shows a basic example of how you would make a peer to peer VoIP call You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP and sends the call through the Internet to the peer VoIP device C Figure 3 Peer to peer Calling 1 4 4 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access Your device provides protection from attacks by Internet hackers By default the firewall blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection and DoS Denial of Services detection and prevention as well as real time alerts reports and logs Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 45 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 4 Firewall Application TENET RR Pan Ts S e m ee e see TMtteresveee vere teeeevavuvert teneret 1 4 5 LAN to LAN Application You can use your device to conn
298. hat you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 14 2 Firewall Policies Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router Note The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router This allows computers on the LAN to manage the ZyXEL Device and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface LAN to WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL Device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 193 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Note If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding of how they work you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your rules after you configure them For example you may creat
299. hat you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Chapter 15 Content Filtering 213 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 214 Chapter 15 Content Filtering P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 16 Introduction to IPSec This chapter introduces the basics of IPSec VPNs 16 1 VPN Overview A VPN Virtual Private Network provides secure communications between sites without the expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing technologies services used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses the TCP IP protocol suite for communication 16 1 1 IPSec Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer 16 1 2 Security Association A Security Association SA is a contract between two parties indicating what securit
300. he WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 102 Stateful Inspection m 9 User A initiates a Telnet session P id n Protected XReium traffic for User s A Teln t session is permitted x LAN IM rw eve eeaeseevveseeveeeeeveesesvv eese tt CACY Chapter 13 Firewalls 187 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The previous figure shows the ZyXEL Device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 13 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluated against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new
301. he ZyXEL Device has transmitted in the current call Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received in the current call Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 25 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Poll Interval s Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen Chapter 6 Status Screens 91 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 92 Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 7 WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 7 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection to another network or the Internet 7 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods 7 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encaps
302. he phone number in the field on the right Busy Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified phone number if the phone port is busy Specify the phone number in the field on the right If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone number if you reject or ignore the second incoming call No Answer Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified Forward to phone number if the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Specify Number the phone number in the field on the right No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number feature and No Answer Waiting Time conditions below Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming call before it considers the call is unanswered Chapter 11 Voice 175 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 64 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Advanced Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules before it checks the rules in the Forward to Number section This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Activate Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Incomin
303. he same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other Appendix E Wireless LANs 363 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 216 RTS CTS a RTS Range Wireless Station When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send fra
304. he slider to select a privacy setting for the Intemet gt zone P Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LA information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker S Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups Settings T 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 1 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites 324 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 188 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of W eb site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting 27 4 1 2 JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Ex
305. heck box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Speed kbps Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management This appears as the bandwidth budget of the interface s root class The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps If this number is higher than the interface s actual transmission speed and you configure bandwidth rules for all of the bandwidth higher priority traffic could use all of the bandwidth so lower priority traffic does not get through Note Unless you enable Max Bandwidth Usage the ZyXEL Device only uses up to the amount of bandwidth that you configure here The ZyXEL Device does not use any more bandwidth for the interface s connections even if the interface has more outgoing bandwidth Scheduler Select either Priority Based or Fairness Based from the drop down menu to control the traffic flow Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally 258 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 101 Media Bandwidth Management Summary continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Max Bandwidth Usage Select this check
306. his point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL Device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT commands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this 13 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked
307. ically give a service a priority level Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt QoS The following screen displays Figure 75 Wireless LAN QoS QoS V Enable WMM QoS WMM QoS Policy Application Priority eC NA 1 OQ O M O amp 6 AWN E E E E ED ED ED E E E TREERE e Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 44 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Setup Enable WMM QoS Select the check box to enable WMM QoS on the ZyXEL Device Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 137 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 44 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION WMM QoS Policy Select Default to have the ZyXEL Device automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of packets it sends Select Application Priority from the drop down list box to display a table of application names services ports and priorities to which you want to apply WMM QoS This table only appears if you select Application Priority in WMM QoS Policy This is the number of an individual application entry Name This field displays a description given to an application entry Service This field displays either FTP WWW E mail or a User Defined service to which you want to apply WMM Qos Dest Port This field displays the destination port number to which the application sends traffic Pr
308. idth on the interface Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matches this rule Filter Configuration Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between c
309. ields in this screen Table 11 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 63 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 11 Internet Connection with PPPoA continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Figure 21 Connection Test Failed 1 STEP 1 5 S3TEp 2 ffi Internet Configuration Your login username and pa ord are wrong Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 22 Connection Test Failed 2 ffi Internet Configuration Cannot ac rour ISP account I t e settings you entered in th ard are co ill have problems p ntac omer support Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continu
310. ilter Set 1 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zn 210101003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210101004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210101005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210101006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210101007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210101009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask 0 210101010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Sre Port 0 210101011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 409 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 179 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 41 continued 210101013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Match 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210101014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Not Match 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 2 set 1 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210102001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 210102002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zr 210102003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210102004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210102005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2
311. ilter Set 2 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210206004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210206006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210206007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest Port lt 0 none l egqual 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210206008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210206010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210206011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210206013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Match lt 1 check 3 416 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210206014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Not lt 1 check 2 Match next 2 forward 13 drop gt 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 a11 l none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 a11 l none 2 L 0 an 13 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 181 Menu 23 System Menus Menu 23 1 System Password Setup FI FN PVA INPUT
312. ing 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted 280 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 In the Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 152 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Help l Operator Assisted Dialing o Bak J 2 p 96 Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details Figure 153 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components O 22 Management and Monitoring Tools M Networking Services 0 3 MB O 25 Other Network File an
313. ing To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Common Figure 93 Phone gt Common Common Settings Active Immediate Dial Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 59 Phone Common LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Immediate Select this if you want to use the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make Dial the phone call immediately instead of waiting the number of seconds you selected in the Dialing Interval Select in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone If you select this dial the phone number and then press the pound key The ZyXEL Device makes the call immediately instead of waiting You can still wait if you want Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Chapter 11 Voice 167 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 15 Supplementary Phone Services Overview 11 15 1 Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting call transfer are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services Call Hold Call Waiting Making a Second Call Call Transfer Call Forwarding see Section 11 19 on page 174 Three Way Conference nternal Calls see Section 12 3 on page 179 Note To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available throug
314. ing of SAs to a single gateway The SPI Security Parameter Index along with a destination IP address uniquely identify a particular Security Association SA The SPI is transmitted from the remote VPN gateway to the local VPN gateway The local VPN gateway then uses the network encryption and key values that the administrator associated with the SPI to establish the tunnel Current ZyXEL implementation assumes identical outgoing and incoming SPls 17 15 Configuring Manual Key You only configure VPN Manual Key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN IKE screen This is the VPN Manual Key screen as shown next Chapter 17 VPN Screens 239 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 127 VPN Manual Key IPSec Setup Active Name IPSec Key Mode SPI Encapsulation Mode DNS Server for IPSec VPN Local Local Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information My IP Address Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Encryption Algorithm Encapsulation Key Authentication Algorithm Authentication Key 2488393585 LE Range Range INTRI ESP pes 7 sua gt f Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 89 VPN Manual Key LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this che
315. ion With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 10 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 77 How NAT Works LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 13 192 168 1 11 IGA 2 L 192 168 1 12 IGA 3 E 192 168 1 13 a 192 168 1 12 N Internet wr TOOT Inside Local f 192 168 1 11 Addresses ILA i Inside Global 192 168 1 10 Addresses IGA 142 Chapter 10 Network Address
316. ion This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry 24 3 Configuring Log Settings Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 24 1 on page 295 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown 296 Chapter 24 Logs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mai Is being sent Figure 167 Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Send Log to Send Alerts ta Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Log Schedule Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog IP Address Log Facility Active Log and Alert Log V System Maintenance M System Errors M Access Control M uPnP M Forward Web Sites M Blocked Web Sites M Attacks M Any IP M sip M RTP M Fsm Outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Address E Mail Address
317. ions The same recordings apply to both the caller ringing and on hold tones Table 54 Custom Tones Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Total Time for All Tones 120 seconds for all custom tones combined Time per Individual Tone 20 seconds Total Number of Tones Ten Recordable You can record up to ten different custom tones but the total time must be 120 seconds or less For example you could record up to ten 12 second tones or up to six 20 second tones 11 8 0 1 Recording Custom Tones Use the following steps 1f you would like to create new tones or change your tones 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1101 1108 on your phone followed by the key 3 Play your desired music or voice recording into the receiver s mouthpiece Press the key 1 The ZyXEL Device does not support pulse dialing at the time of writing Chapter 11 Voice 157 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 4 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 11 8 0 2 Listening to Custom Tones Do the following to listen to a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1201 1208 followed by the key to listen to the to
318. ions automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Allow UPnP to pass through Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to Firewall bypass the firewall Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application packets for example MSN packets Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 22 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 279 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 150 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Li Q Multilanguage Support 3 In the Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box Figure 151 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications M di NetMeeting M Phone Dialer M Universal Plug and Play O gl Virtual Private Network
319. iority Select the priority of the application Highest Typically used for voice or video that should be high quality High Typically used for voice or video that can be medium quality Mid Typically used for applications that do not fit into another priority For example Internet surfing Low Typically used for non critical background applications such as large file transfers and print jobs that should not affect other applications Modify Click the Edit icon to open the Application Priority Configuration screen Modify an existing application entry or create a application entry in the Application Priority Configuration screen Click the Remove icon to delete an application entry Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 9 8 1 Application Priority Configuration To edit a WMM QoS application entry click the edit icon under Modify The following screen displays Figure 76 Application Priority Configuration Application Priority Configuration Name Service E Mail X Dest Port 5 65535 Priority Highest Cancel 138 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide See Appendix 31 on page 371 for a list of commonly used services and destination ports The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 45 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Application Prior
320. ireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Wireless Click the check box to activate wireless LAN LAN Network Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless Name SSID station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Selection Select a channel from the drop down list box Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 9 5 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate
321. irst traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 276 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 22 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 22 2 1 on page 278 for configuration instructions 22 1 1 How do know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon S
322. is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK Timer key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 129 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 9 5 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA Authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the Wireless screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security list Figure 66 Wireless WPA 2 Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID zpxt Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 3 Security Security Mode WPA2 Y wPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer isoo In Seconds Idle Timeout s600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer isoo In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address ooo Port Number Reiz Shared Secret PE Accounting Server optional IP Address ooo Port Number heis Shared Secret r Mi Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 40 Wireles
323. it LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 18 Static Route 251 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 252 Chapter 18 Static Route P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 19 Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth management logs 19 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEL s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on an
324. itor nenea anna aaa aaa aaa a 262 igs m 98 0 1 DNS ss iata ac a ta ac Da i bac da da a 264 Figure 141 Remote Management WWW uuu hie ta dt d pa a siniksa 268 Figure 142 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network seem 269 Figure 143 Remote Management Telnet nn matca seara anii cer trn a cca 270 Figure 144 Remote Management FTP 2 iier e pi 0 ioa DER eoa a t 271 Figure 145 SNMP Management Mod l uie terere eet terrre ea lad et d ue ta 212 Figure 146 Remote Management SNMP ni ceeace ema ace aa aia i ia e aa e sa 274 Figure 147 Remote Management DNS ua se secat a ao a oa a a a ca a 275 Figure 148 Remote Management ICMP sec sic aie daca ea i te n a e a ee 276 Figure 149 Comigunng UITI ca cect aa tag pla da Pda V ERR AA 278 Figure 150 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication 280 Figure 151 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 280 Figure 152 Network GCONWEEDUOITS 2 522 aa tata ee 00 ri lt 00 PUKRA 281 Figure 153 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard mmm eee 281 Figure 154 Networking Services aie aia oa ae tt a i i a ELI IE d 282 Figure 155 Network Connections 222i potra Terra Dedi e o EXR AQUA Lube dupi atlas BER PALA LEER PARARI Ru ERR OE 283 Figure 156 Internet Connection FTopeRIES actions ine a a el ce a a rds 283 Figure 157 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings suesssse 284 Figure 158 Internet
325. itp a n a li at aid a 137 9 8 1 Application Priority GonnQuranon jess a nt i a a i 138 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens eene 141 BEER HESS SUUS sea oor 141 TELE C RT Dem ons caii a Five PB e o ea Eee d a e Ee 141 TEST Z WIA NAT DOOS ia toata e to eid boh Sco put o ea ae Eta 142 TO To How NAT WOKS dM 142 TOTA NAT es pe eo aa tree at a LUE 143 TOCLOS MAT Mapping TYPOS cca stucaturi ana ees 143 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT mucenic 144 10 3 NAT General Setup scada ele n o ni ia a aa a da INT 144 TOF E CAL ENE RID NU TO Ge st a a a lt oda n a ci 145 10 4 1 Default Server IP Address msn acts acea aa aa a tt 146 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers sssssessss 146 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example 146 10 5 C opfigur Port Forwarding zace i ta oi dete Ld dir Lea insane 147 10 5 1 Port Forwarding Pule Edil ca iata na ca PE aa ae ca ia a et 148 EL aci Lm Fu asa one atita E 149 Chapter 11 j REPERE 151 TUI introduction to gel n T 151 ip oA amc MH HE 151 12 Table of Contents P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide PIZ SP np M M 151 DUE UNES eut 151 1121 2 SIP ueber 152 TI 2 5 Ell PEOSIOSSIO issus to a od etn opa tai pc 152
326. ity Configuration Name Type a description of the application priority Service The following is a description of the applications you can prioritize with WMM QoS Select a service from the drop down list box e FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 WWW The World Wide Web is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser e User Defined User defined services are user specific services configured using known ports and applications Dest Port This displays the port the selected service uses Type a port number in the field provided if you want to use a different port to the default port Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 139 P
327. ity mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 3 3 1 Manually Assign a WPA key Choose Manually assign a WPA key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 26 Manually Assign a WPA key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 67 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Manually Assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 2 Manually Assign a WEP key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 27 Manually Assign a WEP key On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping _ lt Back Next gt exit 68 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 Manually Assign a WEP key
328. iversal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 162 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Bacl d P Search Folders Ez a My Network Places Address Local Network Network Tasks ZyXEL Prestige Sharing Ga ul Add a network place view network connections 650R 31 Internet Invoke 9 Set up a home or small office network 3 View workgroup computers Create Shortcut Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 163 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr x General m ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gatewa Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Prestige 650R 31 Description ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 287 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 288 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 23 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time and date settings 23 1 General Setup and System Name
329. ize Preamble Type A preamble is used to synchronize the transmission timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes Long and Short Short preamble takes less time to process and minimizes overhead so it should be used in a good wireless network environment when all wireless stations support it Select Long if you have a noisy network or are unsure of what preamble mode your wireless stations support as all IEEE 802 11b compliant wireless adapters must support long preamble However not all wireless adapters support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support to ensure interpretability between the AP and the wireless stations and to provide more reliable communication in noisy networks Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically use short preamble when all wireless stations support it otherwise the AP uses long preamble Note The AP and the wireless stations MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 147 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULAT
330. k of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless station and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access 366 Appendix E Wireless LANs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of Authentication This appendix discusses some popular authe
331. l lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000014 SUA Server 4 Port Start 0 150000015 SUA Server 4 Port End 0 150000016 SUA Server 4 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000017 SUA Server 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000018 SUA Server 5 Protocol lt 0 A11 16 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000019 SUA Server 5 Port Start 0 150000020 SUA Server 5 Port End 0 150000021 SUA Server 5 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000022 SUA Server 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 0 150000023 SUA Server 6 Protocol lt 0 A11 16 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000024 SUA Server 6 Port Start 0 150000025 SUA Server 6 Port End 0 150000026 SUA Server 6 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000027 SUA Server 7 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000028 SUA Server 7 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 0 0 0 DP gt 150000029 SUA Server 7 Port Start 0 150000030 SUA Server 7 Port End 0 150000031 SUA Server 7 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000032 SUA Server 8 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000033 SUA Server 8 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000034 SUA Server 8 Port Start 0 150000035 SUA Server 8 Port End 0 150000036 SUA Server 8 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000037 SUA Server 9 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000038 SUA Server 9 Protocol lt 0 A11 16 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000039 SUA Server 9 Port Start 0 150000040 SUA Se
332. lick Status gt WLAN Status to access this screen Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device Figure 44 WLAN Status Wireless LAN Association List a ES 1 0 ac c5 01 23 45 1 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station en This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL Device me Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 6 4 Packet Statistics Click Status gt Packet Statistics to access this screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval s field is configurable Chapter 6 Status Screens 87 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 45 Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time Current Date Time CPU Usage Memory Usage WAN Port Statistics Link Status WAN IP Address Upstream Speed Downstream Speed LAN Port Statistics Interface Wireless Poll Interval s hm 1 06 57 01 01 2000 01 15 30 0 29 63 Down 0 0 0 0 0 kbps 0 kbps ode ink tata TS epres ferror ne ny 2 U0 Tin
333. lient computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you select User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Destination Address Refer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetting Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Appendix 31 on page 37 1 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 261 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 103 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Source Address R
334. light Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Chapter 23 System P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 114 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Last Sunday October and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Ap
335. ll accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 110 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 8 2 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 22
336. ll invitation for C to the SIP redirect server B 2 The SIP redirect server sends the invitation back to A with C s IP address or domain name 3 Client device A then sends the call invitation to client device C Figure 86 SIP Redirect Server 1 AB 2 i T B A 3 en T u Mo N N N e C 11 2 3 4 SIP Register Server A SIP register server maintains a database of SIP identity to IP address or domain name mapping The register server checks your user name and password when you register 11 3 SIP Settings Screen Use this screen to maintain basic information about each SIP account You can also enable and disable each SIP account To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings 154 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 87 SIP gt SIP Settings SIP Settings SIP Account sp gt SIP Settings M Active SIP Account Number changeme SIP Local Port o0 1025 65535 SIP Server Address fi 27 0 0 1 SIP Server Port os 1 65535 REGISTER Server Address 27004 REGISTER Server Port 5060 1 65535 SIP Service Domain fi 27 0 0 1 Send Caller ID Authentication User Name ehangeme Password pn Apply Reset Advanced Setup Each field is described in the following table Table 53 SIP gt SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account Select the SIP
337. log descriptions 17 1 VPN IPSec Overview Use the screens documented in this chapter to configure rules for VPN connections and manage VPN connections 17 2 IPSec Algorithms The ESP and AH protocols are necessary to create a Security Association SA the foundation of an IPSec VPN An SA is built from the authentication provided by the AH and ESP protocols The primary function of key management is to establish and maintain the SA between systems Once the SA is established the transport of data may commence 17 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol AH protocol RFC 2402 was designed for integrity authentication sequence integrity replay resistance and non repudiation but not for confidentiality for which the ESP was designed In applications where confidentiality 1s not required or not sanctioned by government encryption restrictions an AH can be employed to ensure integrity This type of implementation does not protect the information from dissemination but will allow for verification of the integrity of the information and authentication of the originator 17 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as the services offered by AH ESP authenticating properties are limited compared to the AH due to the non inclusion of the IP header information during the authentication process However ESP is sufficient if only the upper layer protocols need to be authenticate
338. lticast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box
339. mble over them Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power cord and do NOT locate the product where anyone can walk on the power cord Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Ifyou wall mount your device make sure that no electrical gas or water pipes will be damaged Do NOT install nor use your device during a thunderstorm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Do NOT store things on the device Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly Safety Warnings 5 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or comp
340. mentary information ZyXEL Web Site Please go to http www zyxel com for product news firmware updated documents and other support materials User Guide Feedback Help us help you E mail all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to techwriters zyxel com tw or send regular mail to The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Thank you Syntax Conventions Enter means for you to type one or more characters Select or Choose means for you to use one predefined choices Screen titles and labels are in Bold Times New Roman font Predefined field choices are in Bold Arial font Command and arrow keys are enclosed in square brackets ENTER means the Enter or carriage return key ESC means the Escape key and SPACE BAR means the Space Bar Preface 35 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Mouse action sequences are denoted using a right angle bracket gt For example In Windows click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel means first click the Start button then point your mouse pointer to Settings and then click Control Panel e g is a Shorthand for for instance and 1 e means that is or in other words The P 2602H W L DxA may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device in this user s guide Graphics Icons Key ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook compu
341. ments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems Appendix F Services 373 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 150 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 A videoconferencing solution The UDP port UDP user number is specified in the application defined 374 Appendix F Services P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Sys Firewall Commands APPENDIX G Firewall Commands The following describes the firewall commands See the Command Interpreter appendix for information on the command structure Each of these commands must be preceded by sys firewall when you use them For example type sys firewall active yes to turn on the firewall Table 151 Sys Firewall Commands Command Description acl disp Displays ACLs or a specific ACL set and rule active lt yes no gt Active firewall or deactivate firewall Enables disables the firewall cnt disp Displays the firewall log type and count clear Clears the firewall log count pktdump Dumps the last 64 bytes of packets that the firewall has dropped
342. mes smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Note Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames 364 Appendix E Wireless LANs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference Ifthe Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS s
343. mmceee e cnnoeee e aaaaaeeee anna aan a 216 1654 YPN eleg i s iaz d oaie i ag da e tat d aaa 216 Ve WSC PAPUCII LEGII e EE 216 16 21 ISSN UNIUNII is oa tao aa oa ea i i ces du Uds 217 10 2 2 Key Manager if ccdsciceencasesteseccsssestasic ua i ao iasa aaa d 217 TOS EREZIE t TRI UT ara SR a a aa 217 18 5 1 Trangpon Moda sossa eet Ou a aa Eie M pM i SEM 218 16 3 2 Tunnel Moda esa a oa a a a eic duet ed dor tb a i e d p 218 164 Nor suos em T T 218 Chapter 17 bid beg D M tai 221 17 41 VPIVIPSEG OVAR ge 221 ge Pe SEI IENEI cialis d pa cen A il d ut 221 17 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol sessi erint imaterial 221 17 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol 221 QE EPI MNT IU TT 222 174 Secure Gateway Address auis toe dapi el 398 ab a Sa ri s buda 223 17 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address eese 223 17 3 VPA ME SEEEN sia cana cat ina nt raa d ph ed i ER PUn td EHE taia a 223 17 5 Keep AVE e savan za ete aa eee adera a apese tan teii g ina ut e oal sta 225 17 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal 13 5 ceea ct ia ata na d ta rt iad 226 TORMO e DNS GRASI tot 227 17 9 ID Type once an ta a pl 227 17 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples sss 229 LESSE Sig 5i cere C at eae 229 127211 Edi ng VFN FOIOS nicaieri ER REALE BO 30086 Es oS ELS 229 Te SSH s eC 234 1712 1 Negotaton Moda ni coca pi oa i a undi doctr a 80 pe d hrda 235 1712 2 Difie Ha llman
344. n the IP Address field below Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP encapsulation only Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address ENET ENCAP encapsulation only You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field DNS Server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can o
345. n CLE models only scoasa aaa aaa ae ea b aa aa aa 176 Chapter 12 xdi cin aan tic i i i e i i fe ci ia 179 12 1 Dialing a Telephone Number ioo cien ai Lene d oa aa i aia ad a 179 12 2 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number sssssse 179 dope m dc pa 179 12 4 Checking the Device s IP Address eese eee nhan 179 12 5 Auta Firmware Upgrade nica cun aa i peer 0 Le tiva Cer Rc pe EE 180 Chapter 13 Firewalls e M 181 SRI Br M e NU a tea 8 m E 181 agp fedus mtcr 181 13 2 1 Packet Fillanng FISWSlIS scite at i err or rtl A edt e op tan 181 13 2 2 Application level Firewalls ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeenesenaeees 182 13 2 3 Sfaterul Inspection Firewalls 1icess ctio peti ataca cca ae eere ue sala 182 13 3 Imiroduction to ZyXEL s FIFeWall na coana temi ra i 0 IS PORA 182 13 3 1 Denial of Serice JAUNE acacia ia di d do a d a ae pb 183 134 Denial Of Service ai cocon on daia asa atol Casa ala i pia a a a p o ai 183 LEON Nor JE ES 20h teres tis e pe i la a Ri I E 183 182 2 Types or DOS Aa cur data il cai BA E EROR ERE IRR a 184 jppicewEiersu ci 186 13 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP sese 186 QS UEM C UE 187 gies eile e LN IS PENE ee 187 13 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process mona noanazana ioana ea aaa m ca a ii 188 13 5 2 State
346. n times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the Wireless screen You may still configure and store keys here but they will not be used while Dynamic WEP is enabled Note EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 368 Appendix E Wireless LANs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide WPA For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair 1s more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 148 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No User Authentication WPA applies IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless stations using an external RADIUS database Encryption WPA imp
347. n to block access to web sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for your device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN tunnels Setting Advanced Static Route IP Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to configure bandwidth management on an interface MGMT Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address 54 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 6 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet t
348. ne 3 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 11 8 0 3 Deleting Custom Tones Do the following to delete a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1301 1308 followed by the key to delete the tone of your choice Press 14 followed by the key if you wish to clear all your custom tones You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 11 9 Advanced SIP Setup Screen Click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings to open the SIP Settings screen Select a SIP account and click Advanced Setup to open the Advanced SIP Setup screen Use this screen to maintain advanced settings for each SIP account 158 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 88 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced SIP Account SIP1 SIP Server Settings URL Type Expiration Duration Register Re send timer Session Expires Min SE RTP Port Range Start Port End Port Voice Compression Primary Compression Type Secondary Compression Type Third Compression Type DTMF Mode Outbound Proxy IO Enable Server Address Server Port MWI Message Waiting Indication IO Enable Expiration Time Fax Option G 711 Fax Passthrough Call Forward Call Forward Table Caller Ringi
349. ne gt General 176 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 97 PSTN Line gt General Call through PSTN Line PSTN Line Pre fix Number Relay to PSTN Line 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 Each field is described in the following table Table 65 PSTNLine General LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Line Pre fix Enter 1 7 numbers you dial before you dial the phone number if you want to Number make a regular phone call while one of your SIP accounts is registered These numbers tell the ZyXEL Device that you want to make a regular phone call Relay to PSTN Enter phone numbers for regular calls not VoIP calls that you want to dial without Line the prefix number For example you should enter emergency numbers The number 1 9 is not a speed dial number It is just a sequential value that is not associated with any phone number Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Chapter 11 Voice 177 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 178 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 12 Phone Usage This chapter describes how to use a phone connected to your ZyXEL Device for basic tasks 12 1 Dialing a Telephone Number The PHONE LED turns green when your SIP account is registered Dial a SIP number like 12345 on
350. ng IO Enable Caller Ringing Tone On Hold O Enable On Hold Tone se 5600 20 65535 sec i80 1 65535 sec 300 30 3600 sec 180 20 1800 sec 40006 1025 65535 ess3s 1025 65535 oma x or s ors s RFC 2633 m fo 1025 65535 1800 1 65535 sec C T 38 Fax Relay Table 1 Defaut gt Default aop Cancel Chapter 11 Voice 159 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Each field is described in the following table Table 55 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account This field displays the SIP account you see in this screen SIP Server Set tings URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the ZyXEL Device sends the SIP number SIP include the SIP service domain name TEL do not include the SIP service domain name Expiration Dura tion Enter the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the SIP register server before it is deleted The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to re register your SIP account when one half of this time has passed The SIP register server might have a different expiration Register Re send timer Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits before it tries again to regis ter the SIP account if the first try failed or if there is no response Session Expires Enter the number of seconds the ZyX
351. ng Calls Individual Configuration PHONE 1 lt y Ss PHONE 2 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 331 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 332 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX A Product Specifications See also Chapter 1 on page 37 for a general overview of the key features Specification Tables Table 130 Device Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password 1234 DHCP Server IP Pool 192 168 1 32 to 192 168 1 64 Static DHCP Addresses 10 Dimensions 168 W x 37 D x 248 H mm Weight 390g Power Specification 18VAC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports PHONE Ports 2 RJ 11 FXS POTS ports PSTN Line port L 1 RJ 11 FXS POTS port for making calls over the PSTN line models only RESET Button Restores factory defaults Antenna One attached external dipole antenna 2dBi Operation Temperature 0 C 50 C Storage Temperature 30 60 C Operation Humidity 10 85 RH Storage Humidity 10 90 RH Appendix A Product Specifications 333 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 131 Firmware Specifications ADSL Standards Support ITU G 992 1 G dmt Annex B U R2 EOC specified in ITU T G 992 1 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 A
352. ng Network Resources When NAT Is Enabled When NAT is enabled remote users are not able to access hosts on the LAN unless the host is designated a public LAN server for that specific protocol Since the VPN tunnel terminates inside the LAN remote users will be able to access all computers that use private IP addresses on the LAN Unsupported IP Applications A VPN tunnel may be created to add support for unsupported emerging IP applications See Chapter 1 on page 37 for an example of a VPN application 16 2 IPSec Architecture The overall IPSec architecture is shown as follows 216 Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 118 IPSec Architecture IPSec Algorithms AH Protocol RFC 2402 Authentication Algorithm ESP Protocol RFC 2406 HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 16 2 1 IPSec Algorithms The ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol RFC 2406 and AH Authentication Header protocol RFC 2402 describe the packet formats and the default standards for packet structure including implementation algorithms The Encryption Algorithm describes the use of encryption techniques such as DES Data Encryption Standard and Triple DES algorithms The Authentication Algorithms HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 and HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 provide an authentication mechanism for the AH and ESP protocols Please seeSection 17 2 on page 221f
353. ng screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen Figure 172 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 25 5 Backup and Restore See Section 25 7 on page 308 and Section 25 8 on page 310 for transferring configuration files using FTP TFTP commands Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears as shown next 304 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 173 Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Path Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 25 5 1 Backup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to b
354. ng to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Router sent blocked web site TCP message The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested 382 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 155 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out Default timeout
355. ngle indicates ascending or descending sort order Chapter 24 Logs 295 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 166 View Log View Logs Display At Logs gt Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log p ee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 ere none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ac EL 3 spre none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 Pare 4 EA none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NA UN e WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 115 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destinat
356. ngs such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Chapter 8 LAN Setup 111 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 54 Any IP Example 192 168 10 1 wa TA ua NU 192 168 10 1 mt Y 192 168 1 1 Internet C The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address Note You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device 8 2 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop
357. nly select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DNS server on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Connection PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Connection Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes 100 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 26 Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 7 5 14 Advanced Inte
358. nnel Mode Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely A Tunnel mode is required for gateway services to provide access to internal systems Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption This is the most common mode of operation Tunnel mode is required for gateway to gateway and host to gateway communications Tunnel mode communications have two sets of IP headers Outside header The outside IP header contains the destination IP address of the VPN gateway nside header The inside IP header contains the destination IP address of the final system behind the VPN gateway The security protocol appears after the outer IP header and before the inside IP header 16 4 IPSec and NAT Read this section if you are running IPSec on a host computer behind the ZyXEL Device 218 Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both Transport and Tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet When using AH protocol packet contents the data payload are not encrypted A NAT device in between the IPSec endpoints will rewrite either the source or destination address with one of its own choosing The VPN device at the receiving end will verify the integrity of the incoming packet by computing its own hash value
359. nt see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode Chapter 25 Tools 309 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 25 7 5 TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom 25 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 122 General Commands for GUl based TFTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the file on your
360. nt phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presently on hold 168 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 60 European Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the current three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash 98 Transfer the call to another phone 11 15 2 1 European Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key and then 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 11 15 2 2 European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions Reject the second call Press
361. ntication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP Consult your network administrator for more information EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless station The wireless station proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption Appendix E Wireless LANs 367 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless stations for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certifica
362. nts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP 10 4 1 Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers and services are shown in Appendix F on page 371 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet Figure 80 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 b 192 168 1 1
363. nts on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DHCP sever on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 5 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings Figure 58 LAN Client List Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address fiz 158 1 66 MAC Address aa BB CC EE EE EE E E I
364. ny No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 143 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 47 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 lt gt IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 gt IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 47 on page 144 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 10 3 NAT General S
365. o manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to set whether or not your device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPnP on or off Maintenance System General Use this screen to configure your device s name domain name management inactivity timeout and password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to display your device s logs Log Settings Use this screen to select which logs and or immediate alerts your device is to record You can also set it to e mail the logs to you Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device s configuration settings or reset the factory default settings Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices DSL Line These screen displays information to help you identify problems with the
366. o s Add Destination RAE mm Wee CE PE erm em pem nmi Apply Cancel 3 In the Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 In the Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 109 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type TEPP gt Port Configuration Type single C Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add 204 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 110 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M active Action for Matched Packets Permit gt Source Address Source Address List Address Type Any Address Start IP fo 0 0 0 Address End IP ooo Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address Start IP 00 010 Address EGER End
367. odule for IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN connectivity All wireless features documented in this user s guide refer to the W models only L denotes the PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network line feature The PSTN line lets you have VoIP phone service and PSTN phone service at the same time All PSTN line features documented in this user s guide refer to the L models only Note When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 37 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Models with 3 as the next to the last character like the P 2602HWL D34A denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network Models with 1 or 7 as the next to the last character like the P 2602HWL D1A or the P 2602HWL D74A denote a device that works over T ISDN UR 2 Note Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device The web browser based Graphical User Interface GUI provides easy management Note All screens displayed in this user s guide are from the P 2602HWL D1 model 1 2 Features The following sections introduce your device s key features Built in Switch The four 10 100 Mbps auto negotiating Ethernet ports allow the
368. of the host ID bits are converted into network number bits By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 1s equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows all possible subnet masks for a class C address using both notations Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation SUBNET MASK SUBNET MASK 1 BITS LAST OCTET BIT VALUE DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 124 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 125 1000 0000 128 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 127 1110 0000 224 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting 355 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 136 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued SUBNET MASK SUBNET MASK 1 BITS LAST OCTET BIT VALUE DECIMAL 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 129 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 The first mask shown is the class C nat
369. og when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 6 Firewall Rules Summary Note The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 13 1 on page 181 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 197 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 104 Firewall Rules Rules os oU EIN Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 195 Packet Direction LAN to LAN Router gt Create a new rule after rule number o gt Add 100 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red
370. ogged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom t ftp bye C Nedit rom t edit the rom t text file by a text editor and save it Note You can rename your rom t file when you save it to your computer but it must be named rom t when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Upload your rom t file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the put command computer to the ZyXEL Device 4 Exit this FTP application Figure 228 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put rom t ftp bye Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 397 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide This section covers ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN screens Table 173 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING FIN Field Identification Number FN Field Name PVA Parameter Values Allowed INPUT An example of what you may enter 7 Applies to the ZyXEL Device The following are the Internal SPTGEN menus
371. ogic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule 2 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 3 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 194 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 14 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 14 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit Note Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender 14 3 3 2 Service Select the service from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to first define it See Appendix F on page 371 for more information
372. ol is ESP Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when there are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is generally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box DNS Server for IPSec VPN If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two a
373. on Cancel Figure 178 Reset In Process Message Reset to Factory Default Settings Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to Section 2 1 2 on page 51 for more information on the RESET button 25 6 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 179 Restart Screen Firmware Configuration Restart System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart l Chapter 25 Tools 307 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 25 7 Using FTP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration This section covers how to use FTP or TFTP to save your device s configuration file to your computer 25 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of
374. on Table 46 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 141 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 10 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 47 on page 144 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protect
375. on predefined services 14 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 14 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 14 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN to WAN and from WAN to LAN LAN to LAN Router WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router rules apply to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN WAN or DMZ respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL Device the policies for managing the ZyXEL Device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router polices apply in the same way to the WAN and DMZ ports Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 195 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 14 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic 1s that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The default rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connections WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN
376. on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a Selection channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device 66 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Select Automatically assign a WPA key only available if you enable OTIST if you want OTIST to configure a WPA key for you Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 67 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 68 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Note The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the secur
377. onents without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It 1s recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights tha
378. ons An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties 282 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 155 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Back 7 d P Search ls Folders ii Address Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection Create a new connection nabled Internet Connection i 9 Set up a home or small office network Disable this network Disable LAN or H Status device mj Rename this connection view status of this connection 4 Change settings of this Create Shortcut j Delete E a Rename Properties 3 In the Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created Figure 156 Internet Connection Properties e Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intenet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer v Shaw icon in notification area when connected Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 283 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings
379. or more information 16 2 2 Key Management Key management allows you to determine whether to use IKE ISAKMP or manual key configuration in order to set up a VPN 16 3 Encapsulation The two modes of operation for IPSec VPNs are Transport mode and Tunnel mode Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec 217 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 119 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation Original IP TCP Data IP Packet Header Header Transport Mode IPSec IP TCP m Protected Packet Header Header Header Tunnel Mode IP IPSec IP TCP fa Protected Packet Header Header Header Header 16 3 1 Transport Mode Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the data in the IP packet In Transport mode the IP packet contains the security protocol AH or ESP located after the original IP header and options but before any upper layer protocols contained in the packet such as TCP and UDP With ESP protection is applied only to the upper layer protocols contained in the packet The IP header information and options are not used in the authentication process Therefore the originating IP address cannot be verified for integrity against the data With the use of AH as the security protocol protection is extended forward into the IP header to verify the integrity of the entire packet by use of portions of the original IP header in the hashing process 16 3 2 Tu
380. ort number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 6 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation Note SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 271 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 145 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER
381. oth the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Advanced Click Advanced to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh IKE Phases There are two phases to every IKE Internet Key Exchange negotiation phase 1 Authentication and phase 2 Key Exchange A phase 1 exchange establishes an IKE SA and the second one uses that SA
382. ou have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 98 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call to operate the Intercom 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 11 15 3 4 USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone party A press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call to party B 3 When party B answers the second call press the flash key to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections with party A on line and party B on hold press the flash key 6 If you want to go back to the three way conversation press the flash key again 7 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections again press the flash key This time the party B 1s on line and party A is on hold 11 16 Phone Region Screen Use this screen to maintain settings that often depend on which region ofthe world the ZyXEL Device is in To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Region Chapter 11 Voice 171 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 94 VoIP gt Phone gt Region
383. our ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 In the Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab 348 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel Figure 209 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer D Apple System Profiler E Calculator gt Chooser ADSL Control and Status Control Panels Appearance f Favorites Apple Menu Options Key Caps AppleTalk GR Network Browser ColorSync Recent Applications Control Strip Recent Documents mining tif Remote Access Status Energy Saver Scrapbook Extensions Manager Sherlock 2 File Exchange Speakable Items File Sharing General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech Startup Disk Text USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 349 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Fi
384. our ZyXEL Device s WAN remote node settings click Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup The screen differs by the encapsulation See Section 7 1 on page 93 for more information 98 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 48 Internet Access Setup PPPoE Internet Access Setup General Mode Encapsulation User Name Password Service Name Multiplexing Virtual Circuit ID VPI VCI IP Address C static IP Address IP Address DNS server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Connection Connect on Demand Obtain an IP Address Automatically C Nailed Up Connection Routing PPPoE gt remm E Bs Obtained From ISP Y poo Obtained From ISP v I Max Idle Timeout o sec Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name
385. oute set 16 Name lt Str gt 20116002 IP Static Route set 16 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt eu 20116003 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20116004 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20116005 IP Static Route set 16 Gateway 0 705 020 20116006 IP Static Route set 16 Metric 0 20116007 IP Static Route set 16 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zx Table 178 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup Menu 15 SUA Server Setup FI F PVA INPUT 50000001 SUA Server IP address for default 0 0 0 0 port 50000002 SUA Server 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000003 SUA Server 2 Protocol lt 0 411 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000004 SUA Server 2 Port Start 0 50000005 SUA Server 2 Port End 0 50000006 SUA Server 2 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 50000007 SUA Server 3 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 50000008 SUA Server 3 Protocol O Al11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000009 SUA Server 3 Port Start 0 50000010 SUA Server 3 Port End 0 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 407 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 178 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000011 SUA Server 3 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000012 SUA Server 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000013 SUA Server 4 Protoco
386. owed ranges for the first octet of each class This range determines the number of subnets you can have in a network Table 134 Allowed IP Address Range By Class CLASS ALLOWED RANGE OF FIRST OCTET BINARY pet ar Pen OEEIRST Class A 00000000 to 01111111 0 to 127 Class B 10000000 to 10111111 128 to 191 Class C 11000000 to 11011111 192 to 223 Class D 11100000 to 11101111 224 to 239 Class E 11110000 to 11111111 240 to 255 reserved 354 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The natural masks for class A B and C IP addresses are as follows Table 135 Natural Masks CLASS NATURAL MASK A 255 0 0 0 B 255 255 0 0 C 255 255 255 0 Subnetting With subnetting the class arrangement of an IP address is ignored For example a class C address no longer has to have 24 bits of network number and 8 bits of host ID With subnetting some
387. pe Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Chapter 17 VPN Screens 241 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 89 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL D
388. pired User logout because of user deassociation The router logged out a user who ended the session User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication method A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only supports EAP MD5 No response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server 386 Appendix Log Descriptions P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 163 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION No Server to authenticate user Thereis no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database find user s credential because the user is not listed in the local user database Table
389. plorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 325 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 189 Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e oe Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet 4 This zone contains all Web sites you haven t placed in other zones r Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone E Medium Safe browsing and still functional Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level gt Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default 6 Click OK to close the window 326 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 190 Security Settings Java Scripting Settings 125 Scripting 3 Active scripting 3 Allow paste operations via script O Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt 3 Scripting of Java applets gt EI O Prompt Llenar Poeni stiam b Reset custom settings
390. ply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 23 System 293 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 294 Chapter 23 System P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 24 Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs Refer to the appendix for example log message explanations 24 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 24 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 24 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 24 3 on page 296 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A tria
391. power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values should be reduced Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration 207 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules 14 8 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 99 on page 184 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of exis
392. pplies See Appendix 31 on page 371 for more information Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No 198 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 71 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 6 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 13 1 on page 181 for more information
393. pport DiffServ at the time of writing 162 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies 11 10 3 VLAN 11 10 4 Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Only stations within the same group can communicate with each other Your ZyXEL Device can add IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID tags to voice frames that it sends to the network This allows the ZyXEL Device to communicate with a SIP server that is a member of the same VLAN group Some ISPs use the VLAN tag to identify voice traffic and give it priority over other traffic SIP QoS Screen Use this screen to maintain ToS and VLAN settings for the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt QoS Figure 90 SIP gt QoS TOS SIP TOS Priority Setting 0 255 RTP TOS Priority Setting Bo 0 255 VLAN Taging voice VLAN ID 0 4095 Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 56 SIP gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP TOS Priority Enter the priority for SIP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service
394. r 15 Content Filtering P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Block Everyday to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 15 4 Configuring Trusted Computers To exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 116 Content Filter Trusted From To Trusted User IP Range IP address IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 78 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN t
395. r wireless LANs IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN Your device supports IEEE 802 11g to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that also support IEEE 802 1g to associate with the ZyXEL Device at higher transmission speeds than with standard IEEE 802 11g External Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with an attached antenna to provide a clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 security standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 43 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 1 4 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited 1 4 1 Internet Access Your device is the id
396. rack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgrade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes f you use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers f your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 13 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL Device s filtering and firewall functions 13 7 1 Packet Filtering The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering is a powerful tool y
397. re 52 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 WAN 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 24 Gateway E Internet GE 8 i LAN gt dE Backup Gateway Subnet 2 192 168 2 0 192 168 2 24 104 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 7 8 WAN Backup Setup To configure your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup click Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type Fail Tolerance Recovery Interval Timeout Traffic Redirect Metric Backup Gateway Check WAN IP Address 1 Check WAN IP Address 2 Check WAN IP Address 3 Active Traffic Redirect m 0 sec 0 sec 5 0 0 0 0 i Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyX
398. re aan Er FS nada 331 Figure 197 Connecting a POTS SPIE aeneo ctia diva a eia FL Ta bci abiit cdd ia 339 E T1995 Connecting a Microfilter BORDO CE d Eee ab Lebe billes pad n Fb ecu ied 340 Figure 199 ZyXEL Device with ISI iustae ber I ian a ad too a RR rH a Eb pedem 340 Figure 200 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration sssessseeese 342 Figure 201 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address Luise ete oen 343 Figure 202 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration 344 Figure 209 Windows XP Start MONU 2 renti p tide He a i o ERR AE Ha gutta eR vate 345 Figure 204 Windows XP Conlrol Panel eet bra Pe brc i ba e beca ta ie 345 Figure 205 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties 346 Figure 206 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties men 346 Figure 207 Windows XP Advanced TGPIIP Settings n acneea eee aaa ao aa aaa 347 Figure 208 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties eeeeeeees 348 Figure 209 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu sss aaa 349 Figure 210 Macintesh OS BI TOPUP seama noteaz edi tri Eo eoa daa ntur ae aa ia e 350 List of Figures 27 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 211 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu 42 train a FS nra a EE Fav 3 E oda 2 350 Figure 212 Macintosh OS X NetWork 2 sa ua aaa a tha kt ii d eda etu Lun ttr e ERA a 351 Figure 213 Peer to P
399. re you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers on a remote network that has a DNS server you must identify that DNS server You cannot use DNS servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DNS servers cannot resolve domain names to private IP addresses on the remote network The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyXEL Device A one to branch office 2 one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters In order to access computers that use private domain names on the headquarters HQ network the ZyXEL Device at branch office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters The DNS server feature for VPN does not work with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Figure 123 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example m cH o c eA ISP C DNS Servers N 212 54 64 170 212 54 64 171 Remote IPSec Router HQ 10 1 1 1 200 E m Intranet DNS s s m S WE o gt es w gt VPN Tunnel 2 192 168 1 1 50 3 172 16 1 1 50 If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network then the VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote network 17 9 ID Type and Content With aggressive negotiation mode seeSection 17 12 1 on page 235 the ZyXEL Device identifies incoming SAs by ID type and content since this identifying information is not encrypted This enables the ZyXEL Device to distinguish be
400. reless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless stations A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an Ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an Ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 213 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network __ omm A B i Nae NG B c BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless stations or between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless station A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Appendix E Wireless LANs 361 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 214 Basic Service Set x k BL d ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point
401. reless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 7 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 65 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 17 Internet Connection with PPPoE STEP1 gt Ple User Name Password Note fi Internet Configuration Service Name optional Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet STEP 2 vice Provider here If The following table describes the fields in this screen Table8 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard
402. res restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Dont display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing of gt Restore Defaults gt Java Sun Use Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart Cancel Apply 27 5 Telephone Problems Table 129 Troubleshooting Telephone PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The telephone port Check the telephone connections and telephone wire won t work or the Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured telephone lacks a dial tone can access the Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured Internet but One of the PHONE lights should come on Make sure that your telephone is a make VoIP connected to the corresponding PHONE port cee You can also check the VoIP status in the Status screen If the VoIP settings are correct use speed dial to make peer to peer calls If you can make a call using speed dial there may be something wrong with the SIP server contact your VoIP service provider cannot call from You cannot call the SIP number of the SIP account that you are using to make a one of the ZyXEL call The ZyXEL Device generates a busy tone and does not attempt to establish Device s phone a call if the SIP number you dial matches the outgoing SIP number of the phone ports to the other port you are using phone port For example if you
403. rk to a different IP address known within another network Chapter 7 WAN Setup 95 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide T 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 7 5 on page 98 Traffic redirect route see Section 7 7 on page 103 WAN backup route also called dial backup see Section 7 8 on page 105 For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device tries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route also fails If you want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you nee
404. rmation All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN that have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall Chapter 13 Firewalls 189 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL Device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines 13 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms they usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used for transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At t
405. rn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has Status For the DSL interface this field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For the LAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the WLAN interface it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the DSL interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN interface it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Client List Click this link to view current DHCP client information See Section 8 5 on page 116 AnyIP Table Click this link to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 2 on page 86 WLAN Status Click this link to display the MAC address es of the wireless st
406. rnet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Note Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 8 2 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but wi
407. rnet Access Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Access Setup screen The screen appears as shown Figure 49 Advanced Internet Access Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None gt RIP Version N A 7 Multicast None ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR x Peak Cell Rate cell sec Sustain Cell Rate cell sec Maximum Burst Size cell Zero Configuration Yes PPPoE Passthrough No Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 Advanced Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type for applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation Select VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type
408. roves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP or Advanced Encryption Standard AES Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server It includes a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism TKIP regularly changes and rotates the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless stations This all happens in the background automatically AES Advanced Encryption Standard also uses a secret key This implementation of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data Appendix E Wireless LANs 369 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet 1s dropped
409. rver Server Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Select this if you want to hear a waiting beeping dial tone on your phone when you have at least one voice message Your VoIP service provider must support this feature Expiration Time Keep the default value unless your VoIP service provider tells you to change it Enter the number of seconds the SIP server should provide the message waiting service each time the ZyXEL Device subscribes to the service Before this time passes the ZyXEL Device automatically subscribes again Fax Option This field controls how the ZyXEL Device handles fax messages G 711 Fax Select this if the ZyXEL Device should use G 711 to send fax messages The peer Passthrough devices must also use G 711 T 38 Fax Relay Select this if the ZyXEL Device should send fax messages as UDP or TCP IP packets through IP networks This provides better quality but it may have inter operability problems The peer devices must also use T 38 Call Forward Call Forward Select which call forwarding table you want the ZyXEL Device to use for incoming Table calls You set up these tables in VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Caller Ringing Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when
410. rver 9 Port End 0 150000041 SUA Server 9 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000042 SUA Server 10 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000043 SUA Server 10 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000044 SUA Server 10 Port Start 0 408 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 178 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 50000045 SUA Server 10 Port End 0 150000046 SUA Server 10 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000047 SUA Server Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 50000048 SUA Server Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000049 SUA Server Port Start 0 150000050 SUA Server Port End 0 150000051 SUA Server Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000052 SUA Server 12 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000053 SUA Server 12 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000054 SUA Server 12 Port Start 0 50000055 SUA Server 12 Port End 0 50000056 SUA Server 12 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 179 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 Menu 21 Filter set 41 FI EN PVA INPUT 210100001 Filter Set 1 Name Str Menu 21 1 1 1 set 1 rule 1 FI E PVA INPUT 210101001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt P 210101002 IP F
411. ry defaults including the password cannot Make sure that there is not a telnet session running access the Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Refer to ali i the instructions on checking your WAN connection dE Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN Refer to for instructions on checking your LAN connection Check that you have enabled web service access If you have configured a secured client IP address your computer s IP address must match it Refer to Chapter 21 on page 267 for details Your computer s and the ZyXEL Device s IP addresses must be on the same subnet for LAN access If you changed the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address then enter the new one as the URL See the following section to check that pop up windows JavaScripts and Java permissions are allowed You may also need to clear your Internet browser s cache In Internet Explorer click Tools and then Internet Options to open the Internet Options screen In the General tab click Delete Files In the pop up window select the Delete all offline content check box and click OK Click OK in the Internet Options screen to close it If you disconnect your computer from one device and connect it to another device that has the same IP address your computer s ARP Address Resolution Protocol table may contain an entry that maps the management IP address to the previous device s MAC address In Windows use arp d at the comm
412. s 2Mbps and 1 Mbps Auto Fallback Turn on off WLAN by reset button press 1s on reset button to turn on or turn off the WLAN 5s for OTIST 10s to reset back to factory default WPA2 WMM IEEE 802 11i IEEE 802 11e Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC Address filters IEEE 802 1x Store up to 32 built in user profiles using EAP MD5 Local User Database External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS OTIST ZyXEL s One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Antenna 2dBi non detachable Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Access Control of Service Content Filtering IP amp Generic Packet Filtering Real time Attack Alerts and Logs Reports and logs SIP ALG passthrough NAT SUA Port Forwarding 1024 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough VPN 20 IPSec tunnels IKE and Manual Key Management AH and ESP Protocol DES 3DES and AES Encryption SHA 1 and MD5 Authentication Tunnel and Transport Mode Encapsulation IPSec NAT Traversal NETBIOS pass through for IPSec Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 IP Appendix A Product Specifications 335 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 131 Firmware Specifications continued Voice Fe
413. s WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box Timer in seconds WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority 130 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour WPA Group Key The WPA Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA Update Timer PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on periodic basis Setting of the WPA Group Key Update Timer is
414. s on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second 88 Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 24 Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up LAN Port Statistics Ethernet This field displays either Ethernet LAN ports or Wireless WLAN port Status For the LAN ports this field displays Down line is down or Up line is up or connected For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this interface RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this interface Collisions This is the number of collisions on this interfaces Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 6 5 VoIP Statistics Click Status gt VoIP Statistics to access this screen Figure 46 VoIP Statistics SIP Status Last Last Last Message hecunheontreteraat naa unt Jrtocol zestre aan SIP1 Register Fail N A changeme 12
415. s shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 273 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 146 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port Access Status Secured Client IP SNMP Configuration Get Community Set Community TrapCommunity TrapDestination q Note 161 LAN amp WAN v Gal C selected 0 0 0 0 public public public 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel Apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 109 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests
416. s the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily e Weekly Hourly When Logis Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Log Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Time for Sending Log Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog IP Enter the server name or IP address
417. s to support certain ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether particular specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G 992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The maximum number of bits that can be transmitted per DMT tone is 15 There will be some tones without any bits as there has to be space between the upstream and downstream channels Line Reset ADSL Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display information and statistics about your ZyXEL Device s ATM statistics DSL connection statistics DHCP settings firmware version WAN and gateway IP address VPI VCI and LAN IP address Chapter 26 Diagnostic 317 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 318 Chapter 26 Diagnostic P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 27 Troubleshooting This chapter covers potential problems and the corresponding remedies 27 1 Problems Starting Up the ZyXEL Device Table 125 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your Device PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION None of the lights turn on when turn on the ZyXEL Device Make sur
418. screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 61 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 18 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 ffi Internet Configuration x Back Next gt Exit The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 19 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP fa Internet Configuration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 4172 21 23 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway IP address 72 21 23 First DNS Server 168 9511 Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Back Apply gt Exit 62 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not
419. seeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeees 253 19 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management 254 TT GUID sia ouais ope tof aaa cies beac oa a Fd Diva dE po a td Ne ela d A Nd 254 19 5 1 Priori based Scheduler 122 carea aa ea c etm a e ri ttd da a cates 254 19 5 2 Fairness based Sebeduler 1 5 pna et at ip to osse oes 255 19 5 Maximize Bars wid L Sage e ati tai eat aliata ap l 255 19 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic 255 19 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example eeeeesseeeees 256 19 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth 256 19 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth 257 19 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities coerente 257 19 7 Conc rig SUMMAN sas eas aed vend update Er dit oa A Reid ia 257 19 8 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup cccccseecccceeeeeecccceeteeeecceneeeeeceeeneeeeaee 259 UPRANL xe cirim M 260 19 9 Bari TINO ces d aci an as b se i 3 ic ional 262 Chapter 20 Snare DIS PNI a ct n ieee an 263 20 1 Dynamic DNS OUOPAIEAA A c a al iai 2 a BE d 263 20 L1 DYNDONS VOI AB cn scai ata ea aa i i noua a e a Dau a 263 202 ss yis DNG EE UT 263 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnnnnn nnne 267 21 1 Remote Management Overview eeeeecissssseeeciseens ene anna aeta
420. ser s Guide 19 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler The ZyXEL Device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 19 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage The maximize bandwidth usage option see Figure 136 on page 258 allows the ZyXEL Device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class 1s not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL Device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL Device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there 1s still bandwidth available The ZyXEL Device distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority level 19 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic Do the following to
421. server and manage IP addresses See Section 8 3 on page 113 to configure the LAN screens 8 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 53 LAN and WAN IP Addresses WAN N aa Chapter 8 LAN Setup 107 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 8 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 8 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 8 1 3 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addr
422. server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Directory Specify the default remote directory path Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 25 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer 1s complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP clie
423. service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 4 If you select Service Setup use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priorities that you want to apply to the services listed Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Service Configuration STEP fi Service Configuration In the box be ou can alloc andwidth based on the applications and s ces important to i ach application you use and chang the priorit g to match C High C Mid Low FTP C High Mid C Low E Mail C High Mid C Low Ss Ooo Telnet C High C Mid Low xI NetMeeting H 323 C High C mid Low xI VoIP SIP High C Mid C Low VoIP H 323 C High C Mid Low Chic TFTP C High C Mid Low Use High Mid or Low to prioritize the bandwidth for each service Back Next gt ext 80 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Service Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select Active to enable bandwidth management for service specified traffic Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields displa
424. ses IP address classes and subnet masks You use subnet masks to subdivide a network into smaller logical networks Introduction to IP Addresses An IP address has two parts the network number and the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID identifies a single device on the network An IP address is made up of four octets written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 An octet is an 8 digit binary number Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or 0 to 255 in decimal There are several classes of IP addresses The first network number 192 in the above example defines the class of IP address These are defined as follows Class A 0 to 127 Class B 128 to 191 Class C 192 to 223 Class D 224 to 239 Class E 240 to 255 IP Address Classes and Hosts The class of an IP address determines the number of hosts you can have on your network na class A address the first octet is the network number and the remaining three octets are the host ID na class B address the first two octets make up the network number and the two remaining octets make up the host ID Ina class C address the first three octets make up the network number and the last octet is the host ID Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting 353 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table shows the network number and host I
425. set Phone 1 to use SIP account 1 and set Phone 2 to use SIP account 2 then you can use Phone 1 to call to SIP account 2 s SIP number or Phone 2 to call to SIP account 1 s SIP number Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 329 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 27 6 Problems With Multiple SIP Accounts You can set up two SIP accounts on your ZyXEL Device and your ZyXEL Device is equipped with two phone ports By default your ZyXEL Device uses SIP account 1 with both phone ports for outgoing calls and it uses SIP accounts 1 and 2 for incoming calls With this setting you always use SIP account 1 for your outgoing calls and you cannot distinguish which SIP account the calls are coming in through If you want to control the use of different dialing plans for accounting purposes or other reasons you need to configure your phone ports in order to control which SIP account you are using when placing or receiving calls 27 6 1 Outgoing Calls The following figure represents the default behavior of your ZyXEL Device when two SIP accounts are configured and you are using two phones When you place a call from phone 1 or phone 2 the ZyXEL Device will use SIP account 1 Figure 193 Outgoing Calls Default PHONE E B SIP2 In the next example phone port 1 is configured to use SIP account 1 and phone port 2 is configured to use SIP account 2 In this case every time you place a call through phone port 1
426. simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap 244 Chapter 17 VPN Screens P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 130 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example S 192 168 4 15 Internet om HQ LAN BN lt gt X 192 168 1 10 YYTTUNTTTTTIE Table 92 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address assigned Public static IP address by the ISP Secure Gateway IP Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address only the Address telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 0 0 0 0 N A 17 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 17 12 1 on page 235 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN r
427. ss 322 PTAA PLU Gg RM 325 27A T2 dava Permissions 1 icd pau aati mu eb a o vta open ed ain 327 21 9 Telephone Problem em 329 276 Problems With Multiple SIP ACCOUN S nm ear aca cea aeaza a casa aa aaa arate eat inntinn 330 EO ESTIS IRE ea as atata a iaca iai a i ap a 330 Bice INCOME FANS eee E 331 Appendix A Product Specifications asocio cap e aan aa eU nt ri Ua 333 Table of Contents 19 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications eee 336 Appendix B Splitters and Micronherg ca ea alia aliata Dica data i aa aa alina die la REIR RE 339 Connecmg a POTS SPINE Mec 339 Telephone MicroliterS M 339 ZyXEL Device VM ISON nn i cotata ta iese g sea a na e et 0 ti cele 340 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address esses 341 SNS SONITUS cota iai locatia bid enia Lu a a e ra a ia eU i 341 COMMUTING 343 SER RES LENT I i aa 344 Windows pA ls i qEricsee c i a a a a a a ua a i a il 344 LIESUOE E Cmm 348 Mac mosh bolus ee NT TREE UR 349 Very SELING e 350 dris 0800 OMM T 350 bi Rl EU o EE E OO LONE 351 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting sancti mb did i roa EE ia dai 353 troduction to IP Addresses T 353 IP Address Classes and HOSUS scene tenta i e ile a t 353 Suot MaSK usi ea i aia i aaa d i te eee 355 ipu
428. ssion Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically 346 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide e Ifyou have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced Figure 207 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Automatic metric 6 If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default ga
429. ssion filtering i e smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 13 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall e e To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network A range of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required To selectively block allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when attacks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database 192 Chapter 13 Firewalls P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 14 Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the ZyXEL Device firewall 14 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL Device has to offer For this reason it is recommended t
430. t where input is your input conforming to parameter values allowed The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file Figure 224 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions nu 1 General Setup 10000000 Configured 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000001 System Name lt Str gt Your Device 10000002 Location lt Str gt B 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str 10000004 Route IP 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000005 Route IPX lt 0 No 1 Yes 0 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Note DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in this appendix are example menus meant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember 6699 Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one sign and one space Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 395 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Some parameters are dependent on others For example if you disable the Configured field in menu 1 see Figure 224 on page 395 then you disable every field in this menu If you enter a parameter that is invalid in the Input column the ZyXEL Device will not save the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number Figure 225 on page 396 shown next is an example of what the ZyXEL De
431. t 2 Rule 2 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210202010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210202011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210202013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210202014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 3 Filter set 2 rule 3 FI F PVA INPUT 210203001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210203002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210203003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210203004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210203005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210203006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210203007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210203008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210203009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210203010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210203011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210203013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 414 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series Us
432. t 41 continued 210103009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Subnet Mask 0 210103010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210103011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater 210103013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop 210103014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 set 1 rule 44 FI F PVA INPUT 210104001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt EU 210104002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210104003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210104004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210104005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210104006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 210104007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210104008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210104009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Subnet Mask 0 210104010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210104011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210104013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Match lt 1 check next 3 2 forward 3 drop 210104014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 set 1 rule 5 EI FE PVA INPUT 210105001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Type 2
433. t Mask 0 210106006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210106007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210106008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210106009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Subnet Mask 0 210106010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210106011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210106013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210106014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Not Match lt 1 check 2 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 412 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 Menu 21 1 filter set 2 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210200001 Filter Set 2 Nam Str NetBIOS WAN Menu 21 1 2 ilter set 42 rule 41 FI FE PVA INPUT 210201001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210201002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210201003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210201004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest IP 0 0 0 address 210201005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210201006 IP Fil
434. t for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Some of the most common IP ports are Chapter 13 Firewalls 183 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 66 Common IP Ports 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 13 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a TCP IP implementation 2 Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification 3 Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data 4 IP Spoofing 5 Ping of Death and Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems Figure 99 Three Way Handshake Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP specification The oversize packet is then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP p
435. t vary from country to country Note Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products 6 ZyXEL Limited Warranty P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it METHOD SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE REGULAR MAIL LOCATION SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE support zyxel com tw 886 3 578 3942 www zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Corp CORPORATE www europe zyxel com 6 Innovation Road II HEADQUARTERS Science Park WORLDWIDE sales zyxel com tw 886 3 578 2439 ftp zyxel com Hsinchu 300 ftp europe zyxel com Taiwan soporte zyxel co cr 506 2017878 www zyxel co cr ZyXEL Costa Rica COSTA RICA Plaza Roble Escazu sales zyxel co cr 506 2015098 ftp zyxel co cr Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica CZECH REPUBLIC info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 350 info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 359 www zyxel cz ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modranska 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Ceska Republika support zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 00 www zyxel dk ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej
436. ta connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent in 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section 25 3 on page 302 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 25 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files Note WARNING Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE YOUR device FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client The following sections give examples of how to upload the firmware and the configuration files 25 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your device 3 Press ENTER when prompted for a username 4 Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 5 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary 6 Use put to transfer files from the computer to the device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom Chapter 25 Tools 311 P 260
437. tart from SIP SIP Port Number A VoIP phone call came to the ZyXEL Device from the listed SIP number VoIP Call Ph Phone Port Outgoing Call Number Established A VoIP phone call was set up from the listed SIP number to the ZyXEL Device Port VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call that came into the ZyXEL Device has terminated Table 171 PSTN Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION PSTN Call Start A PSTN call has been initiated PSTN Call End A PSTN call has terminated PSTN Call Established A PSTN call has been set up Appendix Log Descriptions 389 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to RFC 2408 for detailed information on each type Table 172 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID Log Commands Go to the command interpreter interface Appendix J on page 393 explains how to access and use the commands Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 1 Usethe sys logs load command to load the log setting
438. tegory view Connections See Also c Fonts Game A Windows Update Controllers 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 345 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 205 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties Network Connections File Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qe Q 27 Search lg Folders E Address e Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks fal Create anew 4 connection ocal Area Connection nabled ac A Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Set up a home or small Disable office network Status Disable this network r device Repair EN Repair this connection Bridge Connections mj Rename this connection view status of this connection Create Shortcut Change settings of this Rename connection Properties 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and click Properties Figure 206 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BE Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items v E Client for Microsoft Networks ivi B File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks vi 2 QoS Packet Scheduler Description Transmi
439. ter T E AN N Server Switch Router set X Telephone DSLAM Trunking gateway a I Firewall Wireless signal S Nas uma ump C RB meme uu v DEAS Cx aj ye E Gs j 36 Preface P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide This chapter describes the key features and applications of your device CHAPTER 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL 1 1 Introducing the P 2602H W L Dx Series Device The P 2602H W L DxA series are Integrated Access Devices IADs that combine an ADSL2 router with Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities to allow you to use a traditional analog or ISDN telephone to make Internet calls By integrating DSL and NAT you are provided with ease of installation and high speed shared Internet access The P 2602H W L DxA series is also a complete security solution with a robust firewall and content filtering At the time of writing this guide covers the following models Table 1 Models Covered P 2602HWL D1A P 2602HWL D3A P 2602HWL D7A P 2602HW D1A P 2602HW D3A P 2602HW D7A P 2602H D1A P 2602H D3A P 2602H D7A Not all models include all features Please refer to the following description of the product name format H denotes an integrated 4 port hub switch The H models also include Virtual Private Network VPN capability e W denotes wireless functionality There is an embedded mini PCI m
440. ter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210201007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210201008 P Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210201010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210201011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210201013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210201014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 ilter set 2 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210202001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210202002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Ex 210202003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210202004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest IP 0 0 0 address 210202005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210202006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 413 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 180 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210202007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210202008 IP Filter Se
441. tes is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connectio
442. teway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add e Click OK when finished Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 347 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 208 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if pour network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically O Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10Turn on y
443. th Dynamic DNS support you can have a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address allowing the host to be more easily accessible from various locations on the Internet You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the individual clients computers to obtain the TCP IP configuration at start up from a centralized DHCP server Your device has built in DHCP server capability enabled by default It can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to DHCP clients Your device can also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 41 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Multiple PVC Permanent Virtual Circuits Support Your device supports up to 8 Permanent Virtual Circuits PVC s IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface Your device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the your device itself as the gateway for each LAN network IP Policy Routing IPPR Traditionally routing is based on the destination address only and the router takes the shortest path to forward a packet IP Policy Routing IPPR provides a mechanism to override the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding bas
444. th PPPOE nai cra ote ir a nt ia nt a i 61 Figure 18 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 ccm enannneee aaa aan ea ia a ai 62 Figure 19 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP scena cear ceaun aaa aaa si 62 Figure 20 Internet Connection with PPPOA n casca tanara 63 Figure 21 Coniaseden Test Faled i caisson eee ba ce n co E ai et ob a ba 64 Figure 22 Connection Test Fellot Z ni socante ca a totii ii pi a ii di 64 Figure 23 Connection Test Successful nea ier a ana kd aa Da e na aaa ia d 65 Figure 24 Wireless LAN Seiup Wizard T coca caca aidoma a dal o i a a 65 Figure 25 Wireless LAN scoateti emo d a ta FU A RS 66 Figure 26 Manually Assign e WPA Key 1 esee eek ea e Ea rA a ana eir k aa bla bo RR EdR Ete da 67 Figure 27 Manually Assign a WEP KEy scara cacao anu Ga a p a i d raa aa i 68 Figure zo Wireless LAN Sep 3 ca a ene unc na ORO LR RR 69 Figure 29 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete cccceceeeeeteeeeeees 70 Figure 30 VolP Phone GANS em 71 UE e li Ele Se NS METER 72 Foue 2 Wizard NeoN asocio bean N n ea 72 Figure 33 VolF Wizard CORPDB BON saucia nse Aachen e S on deacons Bad rU Rb P Ke E 73 Figure 34 SIP Registration Test inzecit a ca a aa ae a pa Lana aa 74 Figure 35 VolP Wizard Fail accesa 5 Figure 26 VolP Wizard FIFISH cartea vea ani ata ad isse blur Ct n li eR I ad ebur dis RA T5 dos rc 4 OCG ec 79 Figure 36 Wizard Welcome sic c
445. the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 175 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address 192 168 1 1 See Appendix C on page 341 for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen Figure 176 Configuration Upload Error System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 306 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 25 5 3 Reset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults The following warning screen appears Figure 177 Reset Warning Message x 9 Are you sure you want to reset the device back to the factory defaults This will erase all of your custom configurati
446. the settings you configure only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls Chapter 11 Voice 165 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 57 Phone Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this phone port The Advanced Analog Phone Setup screen appears 11 14 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen Use this screen to edit advanced settings for each phone port To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone Figure 92 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced Analog Phone 1 Yoice Yolume Control Speaking Volume 1 Min 7 Listening Volume 1 Min Echo Cancellation I G 168 Active Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Select 3 7 vAD Support Back Apply Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 58 Phone Analog Phone Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Analog Phone This field displays the phone port you see in this screen Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it sends to the peer
447. the user s setting Firewall rule NOT Packet Direction type d code d match rule d ICMP ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Appendix Log Descriptions 383 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 157 ICMP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ICMP Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry ICMP Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 158 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board call sd dev x ch x Ss d line d channel d The router received the setup requirements for a call call is s C01 Outgoing Call the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board O line O channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times call board od d line d channel d The PPPo
448. their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from within the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL Device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 13 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they are allowed in The ZyXEL Device uses stateful packet inspection to protect the private LAN from hackers and vandals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to t
449. thernet Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30200001 DHCP 0 None 0 l Server 2 Relay gt 30200002 Client IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 30200003 Size of Client IP Pool 32 30200004 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200005 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200006 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 30200008 IP Address 172321227200 30200009 IP Subnet Mask 16 30200010 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30200011 Version lt 0 Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M 30200012 Multicast O IGMP v2 Lv l1 IGMP v1 2 None 30200013 IP Policies Set 1 1 12 256 30200014 IP Policies Set 2 1 12 256 30200015 IP Policies Set 3 1 12 256 30200016 IP Policies Set 4 1 12 256 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 30201001 IP Alias 1 lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30201002 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201003 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201004 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201005 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M Appendix K Internal SPTGEN 399 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 3 30201006 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 30201007 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256
450. this feature to work Firewall Your device has a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs IPSec VPN Capability Establish a Virtual Private Network VPN to connect with business partners and branch offices using data encryption and the Internet to provide secure communications without the expense of leased site to site lines The ZyXEL Device VPN is based on the IPSec standard andis interoperable with other IPSec based VPN products The ZyXEL Device supports up to two simultaneous IPSec connections Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Device 39 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to Internet web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can also schedule when to perform the filtering and give trusted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access Media Bandwidt
451. ting half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 14 8 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL Device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL Device blocks all new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL Device continues to block all new connection req
452. ting up Your Computer s IP Address 341 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 200 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCPAP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3 Client for Microsoft Networks a Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 In the Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 In the Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 342 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect Configuring 1 In the Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties
453. tion Algorithm DES Authentication Algorithm mos 7 SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Key Group phi gt Phase2 Active Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Authentication Algorithm SHA1 S Life Time Seconds 28800 Encapsulation Tunnel Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS NONE Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 88 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Protocol Enter 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP 17 for UDP etc 0 is the default and signifies any protocol Enable Replay As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Detection Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Select YES from the drop down menu to enable replay detection or select NO to disable it Local Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Local Start Port is left at O End will also remain at O Remote Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80
454. tion by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway B on the LAN to the WAN 3 The reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Appendix H Triangle Route 377 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 218 Triangle Route Problem LAN ISP2 Internet I io The Triangle Route Solutions This section presents you two solutions to the triangle route problem IP Aliasing IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network By putting your LAN and Gateway B in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway B which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from WAN goes through the ZyXEL Device to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 Figure 219 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN Internet Subnet 2 3 378 Appendix H Triangle Route P 2602H W L DxA Series User s G
455. to Detection PPPoE STEP 1 STEP 2 fi Internet Configuration Connection Type PPP over Ethernet PPPoE rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If er it in the third field User Name Password Service Name optional Back Next gt Exit c The following screen appears if the ZyXEL device detects a connection but not the connection type Click Next and refer to Section 3 2 1 on page 59 on how to manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access Figure 15 Auto Detection Failed STEP t STEP 2 fa Internet Configuration re the DS Connection Type the tto E nanually c L Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically lt Back Next gt Exit 3 2 1 Manual Configuration 1 If the ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type but the physical line is connected enter your Internet access information in the wizard screen exactly as your Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 59 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide SIP provider gave it to you Leave the defaults in any fields for which you were not given information Figure 16 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters ffi Internet Configuration Servic ISP Your ISP
456. to analog voice signals The ZyXEL Device supports the following codecs 11 5 1 G 711 G 711 is a Pulse Code Modulation PCM waveform codec G 711 provides very good sound quality but requires 64kbps of bandwidth 11 5 2 G 729 G 729 is an Analysis by Synthesis AbS hybrid waveform codec that uses a filter based on information about how the human vocal tract produces sounds G 729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8kbps 156 Chapter 11 Voice P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 11 6 PSTN Call Setup Signaling Dual Tone MultiFrequency DTMF signaling uses pairs of frequencies one lower frequency and one higher frequency to set up calls It is also known as Touch Tone Each of the keys on a DTMF telephone corresponds to a different pair of frequencies Pulse dialing sends a series of clicks to the local phone office in order to dial numbers 11 7 MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Message Waiting Indication MWI enables your phone to give you a message waiting beeping dial tone when you have a voice message s Your VoIP service provider must have a messaging system that sends message waiting status SIP packets as defined in RFC 3842 11 8 Custom Tones IVR IVR Interactive Voice Response is a feature that allows you to use your telephone to interact with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device allows you to record custom tones for the Caller Ringing Tone and On Hold Tone funct
457. ton to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 You can also use the 2 1 2 1 Using The Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 Do one of the following To turn the wireless LAN off or on press the RESET button for one second and release it The WLAN LED should change from on to off or vice versa W models only To activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients press the RESET button for five seconds and release it The WLAN LED should flash while the device uses OTIST to send wireless settings to OTIST clients W models only To set the device back to the factory default settings press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the device restarts Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 51 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide 2 2 Web Configurator Main Screen Figure 10 Main Screen ZyXEL e Refresh Interval None Status o Device Information System Status System Uptime 0 01 20 P 2602HWL D1A Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 05 47 00 13 49 6a f2 4f System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version i A b7 HELPO414 CPU Usage Bz 04 13 2006 o DSL Firmware Version TI AR7 06 00 04 00 hfs ECCE
458. ttack TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP attack land TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port icmp echo ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack etBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack Appendix Log Descriptions 385 P 2602H W
459. tus This screen contains administrative and system related information Network WAN Internet Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP address assignment Connection DNS servers and other advanced properties LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC addresses and host names IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN W models authentication security settings only OTIST Use this screen to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to specific wireless clients or exclude specific wireless clients from accessing the ZyXEL Device QoS WMM QoS allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services Local User Use this screen to set up built in user profiles for wireless station Database authentication NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside world Address Mapping Use this screen to configure network address translation mapping rules Vo
460. tween multiple rules for SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses Telecommuters can use separate passwords to simultaneously connect to the ZyXEL Device from IPSec routers with dynamic IP addresses seeSection 17 18 on page 244 for a telecommuter configuration example Chapter 17 VPN Screens 227 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Regardless of the ID type and content configuration the ZyXEL Device does not allow you to save multiple active rules with overlapping local and remote IP addresses With main mode seeSection 17 12 1 on page 235 the ID type and content are encrypted to provide identity protection In this case the ZyXEL Device can only distinguish between up to 12 different incoming SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device can distinguish up to 12 incoming SAs because you can select between three encryption algorithms DES 3DES and AES two authentication algorithms MDS and SHA1 and two key groups DH1 and DH2 when you configure a VPN rule seeSection 17 13 on page 236 The ID type and content act as an extra level of identification for incoming SAs The type of ID can be a domain name an IP address or an e mail address The content 1s the IP address domain name or e mail address Table 83 Local ID Type and Content Fields LOCAL ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of your computer or leave the field
461. twork Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General and set the Security Mode to No Security Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use a pre shared key that you enter Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General set the Security Mode to WPA PSK and enter the Pre Shared Key Start Click Start to activate OTIST and transfer settings The process takes three minutes to complete Note You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order Before you click Start you should enable OTIST on all the OTIST enabled devices in the wireless network For most devices follow these steps 1 Start the ZyXEL utility 2 Click the Adapter tab 3 Select the OTIST check box and enter the same Setup Key as the ZyXEL Device 4 Click Save Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 133 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 69 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen Transfer Rate Fully Auto Power Saving Mode Disabled OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology Setup Key 01234567 Start To start OTIST in the device click Start in this screen Note You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices an
462. uery the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL Device s intervention 108 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 8 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses TheISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen The ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy when the DNS Server field is set to DNS Relay in the DHCP Setup screen 8 2 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability 8 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single
463. uests until the Blocking Time expires 208 Chapter 14 Firewall Configuration P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 14 8 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the next screen Figure 113 Firewall Threshold Threshold Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low One Minute High Maximum Incomplete Low Maximum Incomplete High TCP Maximum Incomplete so Sessions per Minute 100 Sessions per Minute so Sessions fico Sessions Ro Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for fic Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 75 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes
464. uide Gateways on the WAN Side A second solution to the triangle route problem is to put all of your network gateways on the WAN side as the following figure shows This ensures that all incoming network traffic passes through your ZyXEL Device to your LAN Therefore your LAN is protected Figure 220 Gateways on the WAN Side Internet Appendix H Triangle Route 379 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 380 Appendix H Triangle Route P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide APPENDIX I Log Descriptions This appendix provides descriptions of example log messages Table 152 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed
465. uide When there is outbound traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minutes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires SeeSection 17 6 on page 225on keep alive to have the ZyXEL Device renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic Figure 128 VPN SA Monitor Monitor Monitor No Name Encapsulation 1P Sec Algorithm 1 O oN O mH amp WN ee om om om x 9 OO N OO n amp OO N mO gt js N e Disconnect Refresh The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 90 VPN SA Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s Chapter 17 VPN Screens 243 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 17 17 Configuring Global Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s global settings click VPN and then Glo
466. ul Paw Ka ad d is 7 Table 6T Contents ziceti caine i ore aaa te Baia a ace lo c dl e il ta aia 9 List ot FIgUre steel 23 NISONLIC TUR 29 aine mee im a at i da au a nad d a iai i Dai uni ad ei 35 Chapter 1 Getting To Know the ZyXEL Dewvice ccce 37 1 1 Introducing the P 2602H W L Dx Series uuennnceee eee neeee ea a aeeee ea eee eee 37 rci ourshoe iiun lea tt e ada i zi a aula o ga ie ai dai 38 1 3 Wireless Features W models only esee eee a eee eee 42 1 4 Applications for The ZyXEL Device iaces esent pas tion nr aie EP odd aa a aa ca p rea 44 TA WI PNR ET acuden d a an ibd Dac Ed en Dd pe t atten Ld oa 44 1 4 1 1 Internet Single User Account aaa eee nau eee aaa ae aa ae aaa 44 1 4 2 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider 44 14 3 Make Peer to peer Calle aia race eti rera dea rh E EHE no t aie a 45 1 4 4 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access 45 T4 LAN to LAN ApDIOADO ia sa sa aaa Ee purto dedo a Ia S vaa d an ta a aa 46 TAD UED etn td sta in ad Caner TE 47 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator mmmnnnoeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenneennaenaaenaaenaaeaaannaaaaa 49 2 1 Web Configurator OVOIVIBW occu i nea IUE ERE Una a aa oa i 49 2 1 Accessing the Web Configurator cr ao e aet pl 49 2 144 THS RESET BUD iaca i ca ates 51 2 1 2 1 Using The Reset BUON iauucccc c ss
467. ulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 7 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF Draft standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection The PPPoE option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site Chapter 7 WAN Setup 93 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Devic
468. ules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names Chapter 17 VPN Screens 245 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 131 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example 192 168 2 12 RM 192 168 3 2 192 168 4 15 LAN BN x5 192 168 1 10 YYTUNTTTITTIO Table 93 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address bigcompanyhq com Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local
469. unt registration fails If your DSL cable was disconnected you can try connecting it Then wait a few seconds and click Register Again If your Internet connection was already working you can click Back and try re entering your SIP account settings 74 Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard And Example P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 35 VoIP Wizard Fail ff VoIP Configuration SL cable is connected SIP Registration again or press Exit button to _ lt Back Registeragain Exit 6 This screen displays if your SIP account registration was successful Click Return to Wizard Main Page if you want to use another configuration wizard Click Go to Advanced Setup page or Finish to close the wizard and go to the main web configurator screens Figure 36 VoIP Wizard Finish CONGRATULATIONS You have completed the VoIP setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page 7 To call other VoIP users you need to follow a similar process to ensure that their SIP account is registered and active After it is registered they need to provide you with their SIP number You can use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call SIP numbers You can also use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular phone numbers You dial a prefix number provided to you by your VoIP service provider followe
470. ural mask Normally if no mask is specified it is understood that the natural mask is being used Example Two Subnets As an example you have a class C address 192 168 1 0 with subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 Table 137 Two Subnets Example IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER HOST ID IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 The first three octets of the address make up the network number class C To make two networks divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate subnets by converting one of the host ID bits of the IP address to a network number bit The borrowed host ID bit can be either 0 or 1 thus giving two subnets 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 and 192 168 1 128 with mask 255 255 255 128 Note In the following charts shaded bolded last octet bit values indicate host ID bits borrowed to make network ID bits The number of borrowed host ID bits determines the number of subnets you can have The remaining number of host ID bits after borrowing determines the number of hosts you can have on each subnet Table 138 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER adi Bil IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111
471. uration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation Enet Encap Mutiplexin PI CI Network Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Security Manually assigned Network Key WEP Key 1 Press Finish button to close this rd or click the following link to open other pages page Return to Wizard Main Page View device Status 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct 70 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 4 VoIP Wizard And Example This chapter shows you how to configure your SIP account s and make a VoIP phone call 4 1 Introduction The ZyXEL Device has Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities that allow you to use a traditional analog telephone to make Internet calls You can configure the ZyXEL Device to use up to two SIP based VoIP accounts This section describes how you can set up your ZyXEL Device to call someone who is also using a VoIP device Make sure your telephone is connected to the Phone 1 port before you start with our example In the following figure A represents your phone and B represents the
472. ure 148 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN O Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 111 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is on selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must f
473. values ICMP idle timeout s 60UDP idle timeout s 6OTCP connection three way handshaking timeout s 30TCP FIN wait timeout s 60TCP idle established timeout s 3600 Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 156 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule od Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 165 on page 387 Table 157 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy lt Packet Direction gt lt code Sd gt ICMP type d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to
474. ve it blank the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the Key Management field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security
475. vice displays if you enter a value other than 0 or 1 in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000 refer to Figure 224 on page 395 Figure 225 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example field value is not legal error 1 ROM t is not saved error Line ID 10000000 reboot to get the original configuration Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter s that are valid Figure 226 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example Please wait for the system to write SPT text file ROM t Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Get rom t file The command get transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your computer The name rom t is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device 4 Edit the rom t file using a text editor do not use a word processor You must leave this FTP screen to edit 396 Appendix K Internal SPTGEN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 227 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 L
476. w up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on encapsulation their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a only separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE pass through if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 6 WAN More Connections The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure more than one Internet access connection To configure additional Internet access connections click Network gt WAN gt More Connections The screen differs by the encapsulation 102 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 50 WAN More Connections More Connections ce won WN a Active Namie ENCUICESENSITTTTITUNEN CI N Internet Connection 0 33 PPPoE E wi Ud UG GG T E E ED E E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 Advanced Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION This is an index number indicating the number of the corresponding connection Active This field indicates whether the connection is active or not Name This is the name
477. way info pl zyxel com 48 22 333 8250 www pl zyxel com ZyXEL Communications POLAND ul Okrzei 1A 48 22 333 8251 03 715 Warszawa Poland http zyxel ru support 7 095 542 89 29 www zyxel ru ZyXEL Russia RUSSIA Ostrovityanova 37a Str sales zyxel ru 7 095 542 89 25 Moscow 117279 Russia support zyxel es 34 902 195 420 www zyxel es ZyXEL Communications SPAIN Arte 21 5 planta sales zyxel es 34 913 005 345 28033 Madrid Spain support zyxel se 46 31 744 7700 www zyxel se ZyXEL Communications A S SWEDEN Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg sales zyxel se 46 31 744 7701 Sweden support ua zyxel com 380 44 247 69 78 www ua zyxel com ZyXEL Ukraine UKRAINE 13 Pimonenko Str sales ua zyxel com 380 44 494 49 32 Kiev 04050 Ukraine UNITED KINGDOM support zyxel co uk 44 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only www zyxel co uk sales zyxel co uk 44 1344 303034 ftp zyxel co uk ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK is the prefix number you enter to make an international telephone call Customer Support P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table of Contents COG MIG e M e 3 E ELENEI E n c M 4 tana WURDE ETT DULL DI 5 ZN AEL Limited Warranty TE D OD D ROM 6 Customer SAPPE uu oie pra pen a ei ana aa Kr Dic od ela d aia LG d oco d
478. way My Computer Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 285 P 2602H W L DxA Series Users Guide Figure 161 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back 7 27 po Search li Folders Ez Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection 5 Create a new connection Disabled 2 Set up a home or small C m Internet Connection office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also Local Area Connection JJ Network Troubleshooter Enabled EL mm Accton EN1207D Tx PCI Fast Other Places J Control Panel My Network Places i My Documents E My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays 286 Chapter 22 Un
479. will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users Figure 100 SYN Flood Client Server Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to itself 7 A brute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the intermediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Chapter 13 Firewalls 185 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 101 Smurf Attack Ping Responses
480. with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless stations within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate 362 Appendix E Wireless LANs P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 215 Infrastructure WLAN Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by IEEE 802 11a b g wireless devices Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of t
481. with the access points without any data encryption 126 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Note If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 63 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz gt Security Security Mode No Security Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box 9 5 2 WEP Encryption Screen In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 127 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 64 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode Static WEP Y Passphrase Generate WEP Key q Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5
482. work administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Saving Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first Sunday of April Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday April and type 2 in the o clock field Day
483. y parameters such as keys and algorithms they will use 16 1 3 Other Terminology 16 1 3 1 Encryption Encryption is a mathematical operation that transforms data from plaintext readable to ciphertext scrambled text using a key The key and clear text are processed by the encryption operation which leads to the data scrambling that makes encryption secure Decryption is the opposite of encryption it is a mathematical operation that transforms ciphertext to plaintext Decryption also requires a key Chapter 16 Introduction to IPSec 215 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 117 Encryption and Decryption Plaintext Encryption Cip Ciphertexty Decryption Plaintext 16 1 3 2 Data Confidentiality The IPSec sender can encrypt packets before transmitting them across a network 16 1 3 3 Data Integrity The IPSec receiver can validate packets sent by the IPSec sender to ensure that the data has not been altered during transmission 16 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication The IPSec receiver can verify the source of IPSec packets This service depends on the data integrity service 16 1 4 VPN Applications The ZyXEL Device supports the following VPN applications Linking Two or More Private Networks Together Connect branch offices and business partners over the Internet with significant cost savings and improved performance when compared to leased lines between sites Accessi
484. y the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL Device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those services Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced Bandwidth MGMT Rule Setup then the service priority radio button will be set to User Configured The Advanced Bandwidth MGMT Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS You ompleted the Media Bandwidth Management setup You can press Finish button to comp andwidth Management Setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard 81 P 260
485. yXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Setup Time and Date Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it Chapter 23 System 291 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 114 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time hh mm ss configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date yyyy mm dd configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP net
486. you gave to the Internet connection VPI VCI This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers configured for this WAN connection Encapsulation This field indicates the encapsulation method of the Internet connection Modify Click the modify icon to edit the Internet connection settings Click this icon on an empty configuration to add a new Internet access setup Click the delete icon to remove the Internet access setup from your connection list Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 7 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Chapter 7 WAN Setup 103 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Figure 51 Traffic Redirect Example T WAN Internet Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 Figu
487. your ZyXEL Device 3 Press ENTER when prompted for a username 4 Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 5 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary 6 Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 25 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example This figure gives an example of using FTP commands from the DOS command prompt to save your device s configuration onto your computer Figure 180 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom 0 zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit 308 Chapter 25 Tools P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 25 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 121 General Commands for GUl based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the
488. your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings Figure 60 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address ooo IP Subnet Mask ooo RIP Direction none RIP Version NIA IP Alias 2 IO IP Alias 2 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 34 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device 118 Chapter 8 LAN Setup P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Table 34 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RI
489. your phone s keypad Use speed dial entries see Section 11 17 on page 172 for peer to peer calls or SIP numbers that use letters Dial the speed dial entry on your telephone s keypad Use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular telephone numbers 12 2 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number After configuring the speed dial entry and adding it to the phonebook press the speed dial entry s key combination on your phone s keypad 12 3 Internal Calls Press 444 on your phone s keypad to call the ZyXEL Device s other phone port 12 4 Checking the Device s IP Address Do the following to listen to the ZyXEL Device s current IP address 1 Pick up your phone s receiver 2 Press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 3 Press 5 followed by the key 4 Listen to the IP address and make a note of it 5 Hang up the receiver Chapter 12 Phone Usage 179 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide 12 5 Auto Firmware Upgrade During auto provisioning the ZyXEL Device checks to see if there is a newer firmware version If newer firmware is available the ZyXEL Device plays a recording when you pick up your phone s handset Press 99 to upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware Press 499 to not upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware 180 Chapter 12 Phone Usage P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide CHAPTER 13 Firew
490. ypically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users 19 7 Configuring Summary Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 257 P 2602H W L DxA Series User s Guide Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface Figure 136 Bandwidth Management Summary Summary Summary BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface interface Active speed kbps LAN iv 100000 Priority Based gt Iv Yes WLAN iv 54000 Priority Based gt Iv Yes WAN Vv 100000 Priority Based z M Yes Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 101 Media Bandwidth Management Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface These read only labels represent the physical interfaces Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management Active Select an interface s c

ZyXEL P-2602 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents